1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
48 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
52 #include "observable.h"
58 #include "parser-defs.h"
59 #include "gdbsupport/gdb_regex.h"
61 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
64 #include "dummy-frame.h"
66 #include "gdbsupport/format.h"
67 #include "thread-fsm.h"
68 #include "tid-parse.h"
69 #include "cli/cli-style.h"
70 #include "cli/cli-decode.h"
72 /* readline include files */
73 #include "readline/tilde.h"
75 /* readline defines this. */
78 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
79 #include "extension.h"
81 #include "progspace-and-thread.h"
82 #include "gdbsupport/array-view.h"
83 #include "gdbsupport/gdb_optional.h"
85 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
87 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *,
88 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)>);
91 create_sals_from_location_spec_default (location_spec
*locspec
,
92 linespec_result
*canonical
);
94 static void create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*,
95 struct linespec_result
*,
96 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char>,
97 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char>,
99 enum bpdisp
, int, int,
101 int, int, int, unsigned);
103 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint
104 (const std::vector
<value_ref_ptr
> &vals
);
106 static void mention (const breakpoint
*);
108 static breakpoint
*add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> &&b
);
110 static breakpoint
*add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> &&b
);
112 static struct breakpoint
*
113 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
115 int loc_enabled
, int thread
);
117 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, bool);
119 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
122 struct program_space
*pspace
);
124 static bool watchpoint_locations_match (const struct bp_location
*loc1
,
125 const struct bp_location
*loc2
);
127 static bool breakpoint_locations_match (const struct bp_location
*loc1
,
128 const struct bp_location
*loc2
,
129 bool sw_hw_bps_match
= false);
131 static bool breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
132 const struct address_space
*aspace
,
135 static bool breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*,
136 const address_space
*,
139 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*);
140 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, enum remove_bp_reason
);
142 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat
*bs
);
144 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
146 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
148 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
150 int *other_type_used
);
152 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
,
155 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
157 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> bkpt_probe_decode_location_spec
158 (struct breakpoint
*b
,
159 location_spec
*locspec
,
160 struct program_space
*search_pspace
);
162 static bool bl_address_is_meaningful (bp_location
*loc
);
164 static int find_loc_num_by_location (const bp_location
*loc
);
166 /* update_global_location_list's modes of operation wrt to whether to
167 insert locations now. */
168 enum ugll_insert_mode
170 /* Don't insert any breakpoint locations into the inferior, only
171 remove already-inserted locations that no longer should be
172 inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or breakpoints
173 should specify this mode, so that deleting a breakpoint doesn't
174 have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
175 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
176 returns true on them.
178 This behavior is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
179 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but
180 breakpoint shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT*
181 be restored to the new image; or before detaching, where the
182 target still has execution and wants to delete breakpoints from
183 GDB's lists, and all breakpoints had already been removed from
187 /* May insert breakpoints iff breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now
188 claims breakpoints should be inserted now. */
191 /* Insert locations now, irrespective of
192 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now. E.g., say all threads are
193 stopped right now, and the user did "continue". We need to
194 insert breakpoints _before_ resuming the target, but
195 UGLL_MAY_INSERT wouldn't insert them, because
196 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now returns false at that point,
197 as no thread is running yet. */
201 static void update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
203 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
205 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
207 static void trace_pass_command (const char *, int);
209 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num
);
211 static bool is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
213 /* Return true if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"),
216 static bool strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
218 static void bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location_spec
219 (location_spec
*locspec
,
220 struct linespec_result
*canonical
);
221 static void tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location_spec
222 (location_spec
*locspec
,
223 struct linespec_result
*canonical
);
225 const struct breakpoint_ops code_breakpoint_ops
=
227 create_sals_from_location_spec_default
,
228 create_breakpoints_sal
,
231 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
232 static const struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
=
234 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location_spec
,
235 create_breakpoints_sal
,
238 /* Tracepoints set on probes. */
239 static const struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
=
241 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location_spec
,
242 create_breakpoints_sal
,
245 /* Implementation of abstract dtors. These must exist to satisfy the
248 breakpoint::~breakpoint ()
252 code_breakpoint::~code_breakpoint ()
256 catchpoint::~catchpoint ()
260 /* The structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
261 struct ordinary_breakpoint
: public code_breakpoint
263 using code_breakpoint::code_breakpoint
;
265 int resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*) override
;
266 enum print_stop_action
print_it (const bpstat
*bs
) const override
;
267 void print_mention () const override
;
268 void print_recreate (struct ui_file
*fp
) const override
;
271 /* Internal breakpoints. These typically have a lifetime the same as
272 the program, and they end up installed on the breakpoint chain with
273 a negative breakpoint number. They're visible in "maint info
274 breakpoints", but not "info breakpoints". */
275 struct internal_breakpoint
: public code_breakpoint
277 internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
278 enum bptype type
, CORE_ADDR address
)
279 : code_breakpoint (gdbarch
, type
)
283 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
284 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
287 pspace
= current_program_space
;
288 disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
291 void re_set () override
;
292 void check_status (struct bpstat
*bs
) override
;
293 enum print_stop_action
print_it (const bpstat
*bs
) const override
;
294 void print_mention () const override
;
297 /* Momentary breakpoints. These typically have a lifetime of some run
298 control command only, are always thread-specific, and have 0 for
299 breakpoint number. I.e., there can be many momentary breakpoints
300 on the breakpoint chain and they all same the same number (zero).
301 They're visible in "maint info breakpoints", but not "info
303 struct momentary_breakpoint
: public code_breakpoint
305 momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch_
, enum bptype bptype
,
306 program_space
*pspace_
,
307 const struct frame_id
&frame_id_
,
309 : code_breakpoint (gdbarch_
, bptype
)
311 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined
312 or tail-called one. */
313 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id
));
315 /* Momentary breakpoints are always thread-specific. */
316 gdb_assert (thread_
> 0);
319 enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
320 disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
321 frame_id
= frame_id_
;
325 void re_set () override
;
326 void check_status (struct bpstat
*bs
) override
;
327 enum print_stop_action
print_it (const bpstat
*bs
) const override
;
328 void print_mention () const override
;
331 /* DPrintf breakpoints. */
332 struct dprintf_breakpoint
: public ordinary_breakpoint
334 using ordinary_breakpoint::ordinary_breakpoint
;
336 void re_set () override
;
337 int breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
338 const address_space
*aspace
,
340 const target_waitstatus
&ws
) override
;
341 void print_recreate (struct ui_file
*fp
) const override
;
342 void after_condition_true (struct bpstat
*bs
) override
;
345 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
346 struct ranged_breakpoint
: public ordinary_breakpoint
348 explicit ranged_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
349 const symtab_and_line
&sal_start
,
351 location_spec_up start_locspec
,
352 location_spec_up end_locspec
)
353 : ordinary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
355 bp_location
*bl
= add_location (sal_start
);
358 disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
360 locspec
= std::move (start_locspec
);
361 locspec_range_end
= std::move (end_locspec
);
364 int breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
365 const address_space
*aspace
,
367 const target_waitstatus
&ws
) override
;
368 int resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*) override
;
369 enum print_stop_action
print_it (const bpstat
*bs
) const override
;
370 bool print_one (bp_location
**) const override
;
371 void print_one_detail (struct ui_out
*) const override
;
372 void print_mention () const override
;
373 void print_recreate (struct ui_file
*fp
) const override
;
376 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
377 struct static_marker_tracepoint
: public tracepoint
379 using tracepoint::tracepoint
;
381 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> decode_location_spec
382 (struct location_spec
*locspec
,
383 struct program_space
*search_pspace
) override
;
386 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
387 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
388 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
389 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
390 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
391 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
393 static const char dprintf_style_gdb
[] = "gdb";
394 static const char dprintf_style_call
[] = "call";
395 static const char dprintf_style_agent
[] = "agent";
396 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums
[] = {
402 static const char *dprintf_style
= dprintf_style_gdb
;
404 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
405 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
406 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
407 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
409 static std::string dprintf_function
= "printf";
411 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
412 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
413 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
414 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
415 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
416 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
417 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
419 static std::string dprintf_channel
;
421 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
423 static bool disconnected_dprintf
= true;
425 struct command_line
*
426 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
428 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
.get () : NULL
;
431 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
432 current breakpoint. */
434 static bool breakpoint_proceeded
;
437 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
439 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
440 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
442 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
444 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
447 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
448 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
449 if such is available. */
450 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
453 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
454 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
458 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
459 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
463 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
464 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
465 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
466 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
467 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
469 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
470 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
474 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
475 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
479 /* If true, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
480 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
481 If false, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
482 use hardware breakpoints. */
483 static bool automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
485 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
486 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
490 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
494 /* If on, GDB keeps breakpoints inserted even if the inferior is
495 stopped, and immediately inserts any new breakpoints as soon as
496 they're created. If off (default), GDB keeps breakpoints off of
497 the target as long as possible. That is, it delays inserting
498 breakpoints until the next resume, and removes them again when the
499 target fully stops. This is a bit safer in case GDB crashes while
500 processing user input. */
501 static bool always_inserted_mode
= false;
504 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
505 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
507 gdb_printf (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
511 /* See breakpoint.h. */
514 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now (void)
516 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
518 /* If breakpoints are global, they should be inserted even if no
519 thread under gdb's control is running, or even if there are
520 no threads under GDB's control yet. */
525 if (always_inserted_mode
)
527 /* The user wants breakpoints inserted even if all threads
532 for (inferior
*inf
: all_inferiors ())
533 if (inf
->has_execution ()
534 && threads_are_executing (inf
->process_target ()))
537 /* Don't remove breakpoints yet if, even though all threads are
538 stopped, we still have events to process. */
539 for (thread_info
*tp
: all_non_exited_threads ())
540 if (tp
->resumed () && tp
->has_pending_waitstatus ())
546 static const char condition_evaluation_both
[] = "host or target";
548 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
549 static const char condition_evaluation_auto
[] = "auto";
550 static const char condition_evaluation_host
[] = "host";
551 static const char condition_evaluation_target
[] = "target";
552 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums
[] = {
553 condition_evaluation_auto
,
554 condition_evaluation_host
,
555 condition_evaluation_target
,
559 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
560 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
562 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
563 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
564 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
566 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
567 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
568 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
572 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode
)
574 if (mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
576 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
577 return condition_evaluation_target
;
579 return condition_evaluation_host
;
585 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
588 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
590 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
593 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
597 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
599 const char *mode
= breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
601 return (mode
== condition_evaluation_host
);
604 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
605 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
607 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
608 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
610 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
611 bool target_exact_watchpoints
= false;
613 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
614 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
615 current breakpoint. */
617 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
618 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
619 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
622 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
624 static struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
626 /* See breakpoint.h. */
631 return breakpoint_range (breakpoint_chain
);
634 /* See breakpoint.h. */
636 breakpoint_safe_range
637 all_breakpoints_safe ()
639 return breakpoint_safe_range (all_breakpoints ());
642 /* See breakpoint.h. */
647 return tracepoint_range (breakpoint_chain
);
650 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_is_less_than - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
652 static std::vector
<bp_location
*> bp_locations
;
654 /* See breakpoint.h. */
656 const std::vector
<bp_location
*> &
662 /* Range to iterate over breakpoint locations at a given address. */
664 struct bp_locations_at_addr_range
666 using iterator
= std::vector
<bp_location
*>::iterator
;
668 bp_locations_at_addr_range (CORE_ADDR addr
)
672 bool operator() (const bp_location
*loc
, CORE_ADDR addr_
) const
673 { return loc
->address
< addr_
; }
675 bool operator() (CORE_ADDR addr_
, const bp_location
*loc
) const
676 { return addr_
< loc
->address
; }
679 auto it_pair
= std::equal_range (bp_locations
.begin (), bp_locations
.end (),
682 m_begin
= it_pair
.first
;
683 m_end
= it_pair
.second
;
686 iterator
begin () const
689 iterator
end () const
697 /* Return a range to iterate over all breakpoint locations exactly at address
700 If it's needed to iterate multiple times on the same range, it's possible
701 to save the range in a local variable and use it multiple times:
703 auto range = all_bp_locations_at_addr (addr);
705 for (bp_location *loc : range)
708 for (bp_location *loc : range)
711 This saves a bit of time, as it avoids re-doing the binary searches to find
712 the range's boundaries. Just remember not to change the bp_locations vector
713 in the mean time, as it could make the range's iterators stale. */
715 static bp_locations_at_addr_range
716 all_bp_locations_at_addr (CORE_ADDR addr
)
718 return bp_locations_at_addr_range (addr
);
721 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
722 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid
723 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
724 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to scan for shadow bytes for
725 an address you need to read. */
727 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
;
729 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
730 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
731 BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
732 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to
733 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
735 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
737 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
738 from the bp_locations array, but for which a hit may still be
739 reported by a target. */
740 static std::vector
<bp_location
*> moribund_locations
;
742 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
744 static int breakpoint_count
;
746 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
747 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
748 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
749 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
750 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
752 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
754 static int tracepoint_count
;
756 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
757 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
758 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
760 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
762 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
764 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
767 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
770 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
772 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
773 breakpoint_count
= num
;
774 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
777 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
778 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
779 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
781 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
784 scoped_rbreak_breakpoints::scoped_rbreak_breakpoints ()
786 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
789 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
792 scoped_rbreak_breakpoints::~scoped_rbreak_breakpoints ()
794 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
797 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
800 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
802 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
807 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
808 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
811 get_breakpoint (int num
)
813 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
814 if (b
->number
== num
)
820 /* Return TRUE if NUM refer to an existing breakpoint that has
821 multiple code locations. */
824 has_multiple_locations (int num
)
826 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
827 if (b
->number
== num
)
828 return b
->loc
!= nullptr && b
->loc
->next
!= nullptr;
835 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
836 evaluating conditions on its side. */
839 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint
*b
)
841 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
842 evaluating conditions and if the user has
843 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
845 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
846 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
849 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
852 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
853 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
856 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
857 evaluating conditions on its side. */
860 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location
*loc
)
862 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
863 evaluating conditions and if the user has
864 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
866 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
867 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
871 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
))
874 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
877 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
878 condition_evaluation_mode. */
881 set_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *args
, int from_tty
,
882 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
884 const char *old_mode
, *new_mode
;
886 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1
== condition_evaluation_target
)
887 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
889 condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_mode
;
890 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
891 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
895 new_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1
);
896 old_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
898 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
899 settings was "auto". */
900 condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_mode_1
;
902 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
903 if (new_mode
!= old_mode
)
905 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
906 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
908 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
909 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
912 if (new_mode
== condition_evaluation_target
)
914 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
916 for (bp_location
*loc
: all_bp_locations ())
917 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
921 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
922 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
923 target knows about. */
924 for (bp_location
*loc
: all_bp_locations ())
925 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->inserted
)
926 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
930 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
936 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
937 what "auto" is translating to. */
940 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
941 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
943 if (condition_evaluation_mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
945 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
946 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
948 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
950 gdb_printf (file
, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
954 /* Parse COND_STRING in the context of LOC and set as the condition
955 expression of LOC. BP_NUM is the number of LOC's owner, LOC_NUM is
956 the number of LOC within its owner. In case of parsing error, mark
957 LOC as DISABLED_BY_COND. In case of success, unset DISABLED_BY_COND. */
960 set_breakpoint_location_condition (const char *cond_string
, bp_location
*loc
,
961 int bp_num
, int loc_num
)
963 bool has_junk
= false;
966 expression_up new_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&cond_string
, loc
->address
,
967 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
968 if (*cond_string
!= 0)
972 loc
->cond
= std::move (new_exp
);
973 if (loc
->disabled_by_cond
&& loc
->enabled
)
974 gdb_printf (_("Breakpoint %d's condition is now valid at "
975 "location %d, enabling.\n"),
978 loc
->disabled_by_cond
= false;
981 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
985 /* Warn if a user-enabled location is now becoming disabled-by-cond.
986 BP_NUM is 0 if the breakpoint is being defined for the first
987 time using the "break ... if ..." command, and non-zero if
990 warning (_("failed to validate condition at location %d.%d, "
991 "disabling:\n %s"), bp_num
, loc_num
, e
.what ());
993 warning (_("failed to validate condition at location %d, "
994 "disabling:\n %s"), loc_num
, e
.what ());
997 loc
->disabled_by_cond
= true;
1001 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), cond_string
);
1005 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, const char *exp
,
1006 int from_tty
, bool force
)
1010 b
->cond_string
.reset ();
1012 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
1013 gdb::checked_static_cast
<watchpoint
*> (b
)->cond_exp
.reset ();
1017 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
1020 if (loc
->disabled_by_cond
&& loc
->enabled
)
1021 gdb_printf (_("Breakpoint %d's condition is now valid at "
1022 "location %d, enabling.\n"),
1023 b
->number
, loc_num
);
1024 loc
->disabled_by_cond
= false;
1027 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
1028 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
1029 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
1034 gdb_printf (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
1038 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
1040 innermost_block_tracker tracker
;
1041 const char *arg
= exp
;
1042 expression_up new_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0, &tracker
);
1044 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1045 watchpoint
*w
= gdb::checked_static_cast
<watchpoint
*> (b
);
1046 w
->cond_exp
= std::move (new_exp
);
1047 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= tracker
.block ();
1051 /* Parse and set condition expressions. We make two passes.
1052 In the first, we parse the condition string to see if it
1053 is valid in at least one location. If so, the condition
1054 would be accepted. So we go ahead and set the locations'
1055 conditions. In case no valid case is found, we throw
1056 the error and the condition string will be rejected.
1057 This two-pass approach is taken to avoid setting the
1058 state of locations in case of a reject. */
1059 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
1063 const char *arg
= exp
;
1064 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
1065 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
1067 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1070 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
1072 /* Condition string is invalid. If this happens to
1073 be the last loc, abandon (if not forced) or continue
1075 if (loc
->next
== nullptr && !force
)
1080 /* If we reach here, the condition is valid at some locations. */
1082 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
1084 set_breakpoint_location_condition (exp
, loc
, b
->number
, loc_num
);
1089 /* We know that the new condition parsed successfully. The
1090 condition string of the breakpoint can be safely updated. */
1091 b
->cond_string
= make_unique_xstrdup (exp
);
1092 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
1094 mark_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1096 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1099 /* See breakpoint.h. */
1102 set_breakpoint_condition (int bpnum
, const char *exp
, int from_tty
,
1105 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
1106 if (b
->number
== bpnum
)
1108 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
1109 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
1110 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1111 const struct extension_language_defn
*extlang
1112 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b
, EXT_LANG_NONE
);
1114 if (extlang
!= NULL
)
1116 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
1117 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
1118 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang
));
1120 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, exp
, from_tty
, force
);
1122 if (is_breakpoint (b
))
1123 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
1128 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bpnum
);
1131 /* The options for the "condition" command. */
1133 struct condition_command_opts
1136 bool force_condition
= false;
1139 static const gdb::option::option_def condition_command_option_defs
[] = {
1141 gdb::option::flag_option_def
<condition_command_opts
> {
1143 [] (condition_command_opts
*opts
) { return &opts
->force_condition
; },
1144 N_("Set the condition even if it is invalid for all current locations."),
1149 /* Create an option_def_group for the "condition" options, with
1150 CC_OPTS as context. */
1152 static inline gdb::option::option_def_group
1153 make_condition_command_options_def_group (condition_command_opts
*cc_opts
)
1155 return {{condition_command_option_defs
}, cc_opts
};
1158 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
1161 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
1162 completion_tracker
&tracker
,
1163 const char *text
, const char * /*word*/)
1165 bool has_no_arguments
= (*text
== '\0');
1166 condition_command_opts cc_opts
;
1167 const auto group
= make_condition_command_options_def_group (&cc_opts
);
1168 if (gdb::option::complete_options
1169 (tracker
, &text
, gdb::option::PROCESS_OPTIONS_UNKNOWN_IS_ERROR
, group
))
1172 text
= skip_spaces (text
);
1173 const char *space
= skip_to_space (text
);
1180 tracker
.advance_custom_word_point_by (1);
1181 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1182 if (!isdigit (text
[1]))
1183 complete_internalvar (tracker
, &text
[1]);
1187 /* Suggest the "-force" flag if no arguments are given. If
1188 arguments were passed, they either already include the flag,
1189 or we are beyond the point of suggesting it because it's
1190 positionally the first argument. */
1191 if (has_no_arguments
)
1192 gdb::option::complete_on_all_options (tracker
, group
);
1194 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1195 len
= strlen (text
);
1197 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
1201 xsnprintf (number
, sizeof (number
), "%d", b
->number
);
1203 if (strncmp (number
, text
, len
) == 0)
1204 tracker
.add_completion (make_unique_xstrdup (number
));
1210 /* We're completing the expression part. Skip the breakpoint num. */
1211 const char *exp_start
= skip_spaces (space
);
1212 tracker
.advance_custom_word_point_by (exp_start
- text
);
1214 const char *word
= advance_to_expression_complete_word_point (tracker
, text
);
1215 expression_completer (cmd
, tracker
, text
, word
);
1218 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1221 condition_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1227 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1231 /* Check if the "-force" flag was passed. */
1232 condition_command_opts cc_opts
;
1233 const auto group
= make_condition_command_options_def_group (&cc_opts
);
1234 gdb::option::process_options
1235 (&p
, gdb::option::PROCESS_OPTIONS_UNKNOWN_IS_ERROR
, group
);
1237 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
1239 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
1241 set_breakpoint_condition (bnum
, p
, from_tty
, cc_opts
.force_condition
);
1244 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1245 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1246 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1249 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
1251 struct command_line
*c
;
1253 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1255 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1256 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1257 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1259 check_no_tracepoint_commands (c
->body_list_0
.get ());
1260 check_no_tracepoint_commands (c
->body_list_1
.get ());
1262 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1263 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1264 command directly. */
1265 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
1266 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1268 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
1269 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1273 struct longjmp_breakpoint
: public momentary_breakpoint
1275 using momentary_breakpoint::momentary_breakpoint
;
1277 ~longjmp_breakpoint () override
;
1280 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1283 is_tracepoint_type (bptype type
)
1285 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
1286 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
1287 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
1288 || type
== bp_static_marker_tracepoint
);
1291 /* See breakpoint.h. */
1294 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
1296 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
1299 /* Factory function to create an appropriate instance of breakpoint given
1302 template<typename
... Arg
>
1303 static std::unique_ptr
<code_breakpoint
>
1304 new_breakpoint_from_type (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, bptype type
,
1312 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
1313 b
= new ordinary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, type
,
1314 std::forward
<Arg
> (args
)...);
1317 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
1318 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
1320 b
= new tracepoint (gdbarch
, type
,
1321 std::forward
<Arg
> (args
)...);
1324 case bp_static_marker_tracepoint
:
1325 b
= new static_marker_tracepoint (gdbarch
, type
,
1326 std::forward
<Arg
> (args
)...);
1330 b
= new dprintf_breakpoint (gdbarch
, type
,
1331 std::forward
<Arg
> (args
)...);
1335 gdb_assert_not_reached ("invalid type");
1338 return std::unique_ptr
<code_breakpoint
> (b
);
1341 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1342 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1346 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1347 struct command_line
*commands
)
1349 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1351 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
1352 struct command_line
*c
;
1353 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
1355 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1356 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1360 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1361 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1362 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1363 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1364 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1365 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1366 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1367 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1368 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1369 tracepoint's context. */
1370 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1372 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1374 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
1375 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1376 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1377 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
1378 || b
->type
== bp_static_marker_tracepoint
)
1379 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1380 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1383 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1384 "can be used only once"));
1389 validate_actionline (c
->line
, b
);
1393 struct command_line
*c2
;
1395 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_list_1
== nullptr);
1396 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list_0
.get ();
1397 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
1399 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1400 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1406 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
1410 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1411 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1413 std::vector
<breakpoint
*>
1414 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
1416 std::vector
<breakpoint
*> found
;
1418 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
1419 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
1420 || b
->type
== bp_static_marker_tracepoint
)
1422 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
1423 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
1424 found
.push_back (b
);
1430 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1431 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1434 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1435 counted_command_line
&&commands
)
1437 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
.get ());
1439 b
->commands
= std::move (commands
);
1440 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1443 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1444 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1448 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
1450 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
1453 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
1454 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1457 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1458 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1461 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
1463 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
1466 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
1467 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1470 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1471 breakpoint work for any task. */
1474 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
1476 int old_task
= b
->task
;
1479 if (old_task
!= task
)
1480 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1484 commands_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
1485 struct command_line
*control
)
1487 counted_command_line cmd
;
1488 /* cmd_read will be true once we have read cmd. Note that cmd might still be
1489 NULL after the call to read_command_lines if the user provides an empty
1490 list of command by just typing "end". */
1491 bool cmd_read
= false;
1493 std::string new_arg
;
1495 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
1497 /* Argument not explicitly given. Synthesize it. */
1498 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
1499 new_arg
= string_printf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
1501 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
1502 new_arg
= string_printf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
1506 /* Create a copy of ARG. This is needed because the "commands"
1507 command may be coming from a script. In that case, the read
1508 line buffer is going to be overwritten in the lambda of
1509 'map_breakpoint_numbers' below when reading the next line
1510 before we are are done parsing the breakpoint numbers. */
1513 arg
= new_arg
.c_str ();
1515 map_breakpoint_numbers
1516 (arg
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
1520 gdb_assert (cmd
== NULL
);
1521 if (control
!= NULL
)
1522 cmd
= control
->body_list_0
;
1526 = string_printf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1527 "%s, one per line."),
1530 auto do_validate
= [=] (const char *line
)
1532 validate_actionline (line
, b
);
1534 gdb::function_view
<void (const char *)> validator
;
1535 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1536 validator
= do_validate
;
1538 cmd
= read_command_lines (str
.c_str (), from_tty
, 1, validator
);
1543 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1545 if (b
->commands
!= cmd
)
1547 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, cmd
.get ());
1549 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1555 commands_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1557 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1560 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1561 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1563 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1564 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1565 enum command_control_type
1566 commands_from_control_command (const char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1568 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1569 return simple_control
;
1572 /* Return true if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1575 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1577 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1581 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1582 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1587 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1588 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1591 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1592 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1593 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1596 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1597 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1598 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
,
1599 struct bp_target_info
*target_info
,
1600 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
1602 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1603 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1607 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info
->placed_address_space
, 0,
1608 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1610 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1614 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1616 bp_addr
= target_info
->placed_address
;
1617 bp_size
= target_info
->shadow_len
;
1619 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1621 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1626 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1628 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1633 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1634 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1636 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1637 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1638 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1642 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1644 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1645 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1648 if (readbuf
!= NULL
)
1650 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1651 shadow_contents buffer. */
1652 gdb_assert (target_info
->shadow_contents
>= readbuf
+ len
1653 || readbuf
>= (target_info
->shadow_contents
1654 + target_info
->shadow_len
));
1656 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1658 memcpy (readbuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1659 target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1663 const unsigned char *bp
;
1664 CORE_ADDR addr
= target_info
->reqstd_address
;
1667 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1668 memcpy (target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
,
1669 writebuf_org
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp_size
);
1671 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1673 bp
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &placed_size
);
1675 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1676 breakpoint's INSN. */
1677 memcpy (writebuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1681 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1682 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1684 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1685 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1686 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1688 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1689 bl->address - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1690 up to bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1691 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1692 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1693 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1694 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1695 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max)
1697 bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1700 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1701 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1702 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1704 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1706 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1708 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1709 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1710 report higher one. */
1713 bc_r
= bp_locations
.size ();
1714 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1716 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1718 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1719 bl
= bp_locations
[bc
];
1721 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1722 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1723 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1724 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1726 Use the BP_LOCATIONS_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1727 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1728 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1730 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1732 && (bl
->address
+ bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1739 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1740 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1741 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1742 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1743 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1746 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1748 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1749 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1750 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1753 && bp_locations
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_locations
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1756 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1758 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_locations
.size (); bc
++)
1760 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_locations
[bc
];
1762 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1763 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1764 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1767 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1770 if (bl
->address
>= bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1773 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
)))
1776 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1779 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf
, writebuf
, writebuf_org
,
1780 memaddr
, len
, &bl
->target_info
, bl
->gdbarch
);
1784 /* See breakpoint.h. */
1787 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1789 return (bpt
->type
== bp_breakpoint
1790 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
1791 || bpt
->type
== bp_dprintf
);
1794 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1797 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1799 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1800 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1801 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1804 /* See breakpoint.h. */
1807 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1809 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1810 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1813 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1814 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1815 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1816 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1817 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1818 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1819 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1820 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1823 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1825 return (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
1826 && (b
->watchpoint_thread
== null_ptid
1827 || (inferior_ptid
== b
->watchpoint_thread
1828 && !inferior_thread ()->executing ())));
1831 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1832 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1835 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1837 if (w
->related_breakpoint
!= w
)
1839 gdb_assert (w
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1840 gdb_assert (w
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== w
);
1841 w
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1842 w
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= w
->related_breakpoint
;
1843 w
->related_breakpoint
= w
;
1845 w
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1848 /* Extract a bitfield value from value VAL using the bit parameters contained in
1851 static struct value
*
1852 extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (struct watchpoint
*w
, struct value
*val
)
1854 struct value
*bit_val
;
1859 bit_val
= allocate_value (value_type (val
));
1861 unpack_value_bitfield (bit_val
,
1864 value_contents_for_printing (val
).data (),
1871 /* Allocate a dummy location and add it to B. This is required
1872 because bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1876 add_dummy_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1877 struct program_space
*pspace
)
1879 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
);
1881 b
->loc
= new bp_location (b
, bp_loc_other
);
1882 b
->loc
->pspace
= pspace
;
1885 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1886 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is true
1887 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1888 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1890 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1892 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1893 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1896 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1897 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1898 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1899 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1900 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1901 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1902 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1903 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1905 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1906 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1907 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1908 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1909 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1910 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1911 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1912 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1915 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1916 hardware watchpoints:
1918 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1919 called several times when GDB stops.
1922 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1923 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1924 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1925 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1926 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1927 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1928 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1929 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1930 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1931 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1932 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1934 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1935 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1938 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, bool reparse
)
1940 bool within_current_scope
;
1942 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1943 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1944 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1945 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1948 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1951 gdb::optional
<scoped_restore_selected_frame
> restore_frame
;
1953 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1954 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1955 within_current_scope
= true;
1958 frame_info_ptr fi
= get_current_frame ();
1959 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1960 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1962 /* If we're at a point where the stack has been destroyed
1963 (e.g. in a function epilogue), unwinding may not work
1964 properly. Do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1965 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1966 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1969 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1970 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1971 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1972 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1974 restore_frame
.emplace ();
1976 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1977 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1978 if (within_current_scope
)
1982 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1983 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1984 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1987 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1992 s
= (b
->exp_string_reparse
1993 ? b
->exp_string_reparse
.get ()
1994 : b
->exp_string
.get ());
1995 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1996 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1997 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1998 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1999 be completely different objects. */
2001 b
->val_valid
= false;
2003 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
2004 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
2005 locations (re)created below. */
2006 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
2008 b
->cond_exp
.reset ();
2010 s
= b
->cond_string
.get ();
2011 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
2015 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
2016 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
2017 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
2018 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
2019 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
2020 if (!target_has_execution ())
2022 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
2023 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
2024 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
2025 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
2027 if (b
->works_in_software_mode ())
2028 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2030 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
2031 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
2034 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
2036 std::vector
<value_ref_ptr
> val_chain
;
2037 struct value
*v
, *result
;
2038 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
2040 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
.get (), b
->exp
->op
.get (), &v
, &result
,
2043 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
2044 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
2045 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
2046 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
2047 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
2049 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
2051 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
2052 v
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, v
);
2053 b
->val
= release_value (v
);
2054 b
->val_valid
= true;
2057 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
2059 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
2060 gdb_assert (!val_chain
.empty ());
2061 for (const value_ref_ptr
&iter
: val_chain
)
2065 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
2066 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
2067 must watch it. If the first value returned is
2068 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
2069 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
2070 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
2071 && (v
== val_chain
[0] || ! value_lazy (v
)))
2073 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
2075 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
2076 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
2077 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
2079 || (vtype
->code () != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
2080 && vtype
->code () != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
2083 enum target_hw_bp_type type
;
2084 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
2085 int bitpos
= 0, bitsize
= 0;
2087 if (value_bitsize (v
) != 0)
2089 /* Extract the bit parameters out from the bitfield
2091 bitpos
= value_bitpos (v
);
2092 bitsize
= value_bitsize (v
);
2094 else if (v
== result
&& b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
2096 /* If VAL_BITSIZE != 0 then RESULT is actually a bitfield
2097 lvalue whose bit parameters are saved in the fields
2098 VAL_BITPOS and VAL_BITSIZE. */
2099 bitpos
= b
->val_bitpos
;
2100 bitsize
= b
->val_bitsize
;
2103 addr
= value_address (v
);
2106 /* Skip the bytes that don't contain the bitfield. */
2111 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
2113 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
2116 loc
= b
->allocate_location ();
2117 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
2120 loc
->gdbarch
= value_type (v
)->arch ();
2122 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
2123 loc
->address
= address_significant (loc
->gdbarch
, addr
);
2127 /* Just cover the bytes that make up the bitfield. */
2128 loc
->length
= ((bitpos
% 8) + bitsize
+ 7) / 8;
2131 loc
->length
= value_type (v
)->length ();
2133 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
2138 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
2139 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support and
2140 free hardware slots. Recheck the number of free hardware slots
2141 as the value chain may have changed. */
2144 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
2146 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
2150 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
2153 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
2154 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
2155 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
2157 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
2158 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
2159 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
2160 this watchpoint in as well. */
2162 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
2163 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
2164 hardware watchpoint type. */
2166 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
2167 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
2169 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
2170 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
2171 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
2172 through watch_command), so always account for it
2175 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
2176 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (b
, type
, &other_type_used
);
2178 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
2179 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
2182 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
2183 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
2185 bool sw_mode
= b
->works_in_software_mode ();
2187 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
2188 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
2189 "hardware watchpoint."));
2190 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
2191 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
2192 "resources for this watchpoint."));
2194 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
2195 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2199 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
2200 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
2201 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
2206 else if (!b
->works_in_software_mode ())
2208 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
2209 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
2210 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
2212 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
2213 "read/access watchpoint."));
2216 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2218 loc_type
= (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_software_watchpoint
2219 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
2220 for (bp_location
*bl
: b
->locations ())
2221 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
2224 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
2225 above left it without any location set up. But,
2226 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
2227 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
2228 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
== NULL
)
2229 add_dummy_location (b
, frame_pspace
);
2231 else if (!within_current_scope
)
2234 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
2235 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
2237 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
2241 /* Returns true iff breakpoint location should be
2242 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
2243 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
2244 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
2245 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
2248 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2250 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
2253 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2256 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->disabled_by_cond
2257 || bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
2260 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
2263 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2264 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2265 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2266 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2267 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2268 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2269 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2270 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2271 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
2274 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2275 location, except if the breakpoint is a single-step breakpoint,
2276 and the breakpoint's thread is the thread which is stepping past
2278 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2279 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2280 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
2282 /* The single-step breakpoint may be inserted at the location
2283 we're trying to step if the instruction branches to itself.
2284 However, the instruction won't be executed at all and it may
2285 break the semantics of the instruction, for example, the
2286 instruction is a conditional branch or updates some flags.
2287 We can't fix it unless GDB is able to emulate the instruction
2288 or switch to displaced stepping. */
2289 && !(bl
->owner
->type
== bp_single_step
2290 && thread_is_stepping_over_breakpoint (bl
->owner
->thread
)))
2292 infrun_debug_printf ("skipping breakpoint: stepping past insn at: %s",
2293 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2297 /* Don't insert watchpoints if we're trying to step past the
2298 instruction that triggered one. */
2299 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
2300 && stepping_past_nonsteppable_watchpoint ())
2302 infrun_debug_printf ("stepping past non-steppable watchpoint. "
2303 "skipping watchpoint at %s:%d",
2304 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
), bl
->length
);
2311 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2312 that the location is not duplicated. */
2315 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2317 scoped_restore restore_bl_duplicate
2318 = make_scoped_restore (&bl
->duplicate
, 0);
2320 return should_be_inserted (bl
);
2323 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2324 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2325 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2326 any error during parsing. */
2328 static agent_expr_up
2329 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, struct expression
*cond
)
2334 agent_expr_up aexpr
;
2336 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2337 that may show up. */
2340 aexpr
= gen_eval_for_expr (scope
, cond
);
2343 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&ex
)
2345 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2346 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2347 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2350 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2354 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2355 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2356 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2357 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2358 one of them is true. */
2361 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2363 bool null_condition_or_parse_error
= false;
2364 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2366 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2367 bl
->target_info
.conditions
.clear ();
2369 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2370 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2371 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2373 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2374 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2377 auto loc_range
= all_bp_locations_at_addr (bl
->address
);
2379 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2380 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent
2381 expression bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to
2382 send conditions to the target since this location will always
2383 trigger and generate a response back to GDB. Note we consider
2384 all locations at the same address irrespective of type, i.e.,
2385 even if the locations aren't considered duplicates (e.g.,
2386 software breakpoint and hardware breakpoint at the same
2388 for (bp_location
*loc
: loc_range
)
2390 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2394 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2395 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2396 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2397 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2398 loc
->cond_bytecode
= parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2402 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2403 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2404 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2406 null_condition_or_parse_error
= true;
2412 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2413 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2414 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2416 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2417 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2418 if (null_condition_or_parse_error
)
2420 for (bp_location
*loc
: loc_range
)
2422 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2424 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2426 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2429 loc
->cond_bytecode
.reset ();
2434 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a
2435 condition list for this location's address. If we have software
2436 and hardware locations at the same address, they aren't
2437 considered duplicates, but we still marge all the conditions
2438 anyway, as it's simpler, and doesn't really make a practical
2440 for (bp_location
*loc
: loc_range
)
2442 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2443 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2444 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2446 && !loc
->disabled_by_cond
)
2448 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later
2449 to send the conditions to the target. */
2450 bl
->target_info
.conditions
.push_back (loc
->cond_bytecode
.get ());
2456 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2457 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2458 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2460 static agent_expr_up
2461 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, char *cmd
)
2463 const char *cmdrest
;
2464 const char *format_start
, *format_end
;
2465 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
2472 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2474 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2476 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2477 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2479 format_start
= cmdrest
;
2481 format_pieces
fpieces (&cmdrest
);
2483 format_end
= cmdrest
;
2485 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2486 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2488 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2490 if (!(*cmdrest
== ',' || *cmdrest
== '\0'))
2491 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2493 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2495 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2497 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2499 std::vector
<struct expression
*> argvec
;
2500 while (*cmdrest
!= '\0')
2505 expression_up expr
= parse_exp_1 (&cmd1
, scope
, block_for_pc (scope
), 1);
2506 argvec
.push_back (expr
.release ());
2508 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2512 agent_expr_up aexpr
;
2514 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2515 that may show up. */
2518 aexpr
= gen_printf (scope
, gdbarch
, 0, 0,
2519 format_start
, format_end
- format_start
,
2520 argvec
.size (), argvec
.data ());
2522 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&ex
)
2524 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2525 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2526 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2529 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2533 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2534 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2535 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2538 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2540 bool null_command_or_parse_error
= false;
2541 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2543 /* Clear commands left over from a previous insert. */
2544 bl
->target_info
.tcommands
.clear ();
2546 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2549 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2550 if (dprintf_style
!= dprintf_style_agent
)
2553 auto loc_range
= all_bp_locations_at_addr (bl
->address
);
2555 /* For now, if we have any location at the same address that isn't a
2556 dprintf, don't install the target-side commands, as that would
2557 make the breakpoint not be reported to the core, and we'd lose
2559 for (bp_location
*loc
: loc_range
)
2560 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2561 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2562 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_dprintf
)
2565 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2566 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2567 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2568 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2569 response back to GDB. */
2570 for (bp_location
*loc
: loc_range
)
2572 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2576 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2577 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2578 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2579 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2581 = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2582 loc
->owner
->extra_string
.get ());
2585 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2586 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2587 if (!loc
->cmd_bytecode
)
2589 null_command_or_parse_error
= true;
2595 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2597 if (null_command_or_parse_error
)
2599 for (bp_location
*loc
: loc_range
)
2600 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2601 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2603 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2605 if (loc
->cmd_bytecode
== NULL
)
2608 loc
->cmd_bytecode
.reset ();
2612 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command
2613 list for all duplicate locations at this location's address.
2614 Note that here we must care for whether the breakpoint location
2615 types are considered duplicates, otherwise, say, if we have a
2616 software and hardware location at the same address, the target
2617 could end up running the commands twice. For the moment, we only
2618 support targets-side commands with dprintf, but it doesn't hurt
2619 to be pedantically correct in case that changes. */
2620 for (bp_location
*loc
: loc_range
)
2621 if (breakpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
)
2622 && loc
->owner
->extra_string
2623 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2624 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2625 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2627 && !loc
->disabled_by_cond
)
2629 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2630 to send the commands to the target. */
2631 bl
->target_info
.tcommands
.push_back (loc
->cmd_bytecode
.get ());
2634 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 0;
2635 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2636 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& disconnected_dprintf
)
2637 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 1;
2640 /* Return the kind of breakpoint on address *ADDR. Get the kind
2641 of breakpoint according to ADDR except single-step breakpoint.
2642 Get the kind of single-step breakpoint according to the current
2646 breakpoint_kind (const struct bp_location
*bl
, CORE_ADDR
*addr
)
2648 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_single_step
)
2650 struct thread_info
*thr
= find_thread_global_id (bl
->owner
->thread
);
2651 struct regcache
*regcache
;
2653 regcache
= get_thread_regcache (thr
);
2655 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_current_state (bl
->gdbarch
,
2659 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_pc (bl
->gdbarch
, addr
);
2662 /* Rethrow the currently handled exception, if it's a TARGET_CLOSE_ERROR.
2663 E is either the currently handled exception, or a copy, or a sliced copy,
2664 so we can't rethrow that one, but we can use it to inspect the properties
2665 of the currently handled exception. */
2668 rethrow_on_target_close_error (const gdb_exception
&e
)
2672 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2674 if (e
.error
!= TARGET_CLOSE_ERROR
)
2677 /* If the target has closed then it will have deleted any breakpoints
2678 inserted within the target inferior, as a result any further attempts
2679 to interact with the breakpoint objects is not possible. Just rethrow
2680 the error. Don't use e to rethrow, to prevent object slicing of the
2685 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2686 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2687 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2688 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2691 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2692 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2694 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
2695 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
2696 int *disabled_breaks
,
2697 int *hw_breakpoint_error
,
2698 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2700 gdb_exception bp_excpt
;
2702 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2705 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2706 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2707 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2708 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2709 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2710 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2711 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2712 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2713 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2714 bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
= bl
->address
;
2715 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
2716 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
2718 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2719 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2720 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2721 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2723 if (is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2725 build_target_condition_list (bl
);
2726 build_target_command_list (bl
);
2727 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2728 bl
->needs_update
= 0;
2731 /* If "set breakpoint auto-hw" is "on" and a software breakpoint was
2732 set at a read-only address, then a breakpoint location will have
2733 been changed to hardware breakpoint before we get here. If it is
2734 "off" however, error out before actually trying to insert the
2735 breakpoint, with a nicer error message. */
2736 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2737 && !automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
2739 mem_region
*mr
= lookup_mem_region (bl
->address
);
2741 if (mr
!= nullptr && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2743 gdb_printf (tmp_error_stream
,
2744 _("Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2745 "Cannot set software breakpoint "
2746 "at read-only address %s\n"),
2748 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2753 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2754 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2756 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2757 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2758 || bl
->section
== NULL
2759 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2761 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2766 val
= bl
->owner
->insert_location (bl
);
2768 bp_excpt
= gdb_exception
{RETURN_ERROR
, GENERIC_ERROR
};
2770 catch (gdb_exception
&e
)
2772 rethrow_on_target_close_error (e
);
2773 bp_excpt
= std::move (e
);
2778 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2779 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2780 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2782 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2783 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2784 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2785 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2786 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2790 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
2792 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2793 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
2794 bl
->overlay_target_info
.reqstd_address
= addr
;
2796 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2801 bl
->overlay_target_info
.kind
2802 = breakpoint_kind (bl
, &addr
);
2803 bl
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
2804 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2805 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2808 = gdb_exception
{RETURN_ERROR
, GENERIC_ERROR
};
2810 catch (gdb_exception
&e
)
2812 rethrow_on_target_close_error (e
);
2813 bp_excpt
= std::move (e
);
2816 if (bp_excpt
.reason
!= 0)
2817 gdb_printf (tmp_error_stream
,
2818 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2819 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2823 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2824 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2826 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2831 val
= bl
->owner
->insert_location (bl
);
2833 bp_excpt
= gdb_exception
{RETURN_ERROR
, GENERIC_ERROR
};
2835 catch (gdb_exception
&e
)
2837 rethrow_on_target_close_error (e
);
2838 bp_excpt
= std::move (e
);
2843 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2844 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2849 if (bp_excpt
.reason
!= 0)
2851 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2852 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= nullptr);
2854 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2855 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2856 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2857 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2858 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2859 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2860 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2861 errors as memory errors. */
2862 if (bp_excpt
.reason
== RETURN_ERROR
2863 && (bp_excpt
.error
== GENERIC_ERROR
2864 || bp_excpt
.error
== MEMORY_ERROR
)
2865 && bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2866 && (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
2867 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
2870 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2871 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
2872 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (bl
->owner
);
2873 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
2875 gdb_printf (tmp_error_stream
,
2876 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2878 gdb_printf (tmp_error_stream
,
2879 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2880 "library breakpoints:\n");
2882 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
2883 gdb_printf (tmp_error_stream
,
2884 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
2889 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2891 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2892 *hw_bp_error_explained_already
= bp_excpt
.message
!= NULL
;
2893 gdb_printf (tmp_error_stream
,
2894 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2896 bp_excpt
.message
? ":" : ".\n");
2897 if (bp_excpt
.message
!= NULL
)
2898 gdb_printf (tmp_error_stream
, "%s.\n",
2903 if (bp_excpt
.message
== NULL
)
2906 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO
,
2907 bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
);
2909 gdb_printf (tmp_error_stream
,
2910 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2912 bl
->owner
->number
, message
.c_str ());
2916 gdb_printf (tmp_error_stream
,
2917 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2932 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2933 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2934 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2935 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2939 val
= bl
->owner
->insert_location (bl
);
2941 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2942 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2943 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
2945 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2946 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2948 for (bp_location
*loc
: all_bp_locations ())
2950 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
2951 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
2955 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
2956 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2963 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2964 val
= bl
->owner
->insert_location (bl
);
2967 /* Back to the original value. */
2968 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
2972 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2975 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2979 val
= bl
->owner
->insert_location (bl
);
2982 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2986 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2987 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2989 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2992 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2994 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2995 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2996 so just return success. */
3003 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
3004 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
3008 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
3010 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
3011 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
3012 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
3013 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3015 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
3016 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
3017 for (bp_location
*loc
: all_bp_locations ())
3019 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
3021 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
3023 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3024 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
3025 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
3027 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
3028 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
3030 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
3036 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
3037 removed locations above. */
3038 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
3041 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
3042 Throws exception on any error.
3043 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
3044 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
3046 insert_breakpoints (void)
3048 for (breakpoint
*bpt
: all_breakpoints ())
3049 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
3051 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
3053 update_watchpoint (w
, false /* don't reparse. */);
3056 /* Updating watchpoints creates new locations, so update the global
3057 location list. Explicitly tell ugll to insert locations and
3058 ignore breakpoints_always_inserted_mode. Also,
3059 update_global_location_list tries to "upgrade" software
3060 breakpoints to hardware breakpoints to handle "set breakpoint
3061 auto-hw", so we need to call it even if we don't have new
3063 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
3066 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
3067 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
3068 always-inserted mode. */
3071 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
3075 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
3076 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
3077 int hw_bp_details_reported
= 0;
3079 string_file tmp_error_stream
;
3081 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3082 there was an error. */
3083 tmp_error_stream
.puts ("Warning:\n");
3085 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
3087 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations ())
3089 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
3091 if (!is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
3094 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
3095 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
3096 deletion of breakpoints. */
3097 if (!bl
->inserted
|| !bl
->needs_update
)
3100 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3102 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3103 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3104 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3105 insert breakpoints. */
3106 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3107 && (inferior_ptid
== null_ptid
|| !target_has_execution ()))
3110 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, &tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
3111 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_details_reported
);
3118 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
3119 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3123 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
3126 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
3130 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
3131 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
3132 int hw_bp_error_explained_already
= 0;
3134 string_file tmp_error_stream
;
3136 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3137 there was an error. */
3138 tmp_error_stream
.puts ("Warning:\n");
3140 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
3142 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations ())
3144 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
3147 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
3148 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
3149 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3150 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
3151 && !valid_global_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
3154 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3156 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3157 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3158 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3159 insert breakpoints. */
3160 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3161 && (inferior_ptid
== null_ptid
|| !target_has_execution ()))
3164 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, &tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
3165 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_error_explained_already
);
3170 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
3171 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
3172 for (breakpoint
*bpt
: all_breakpoints ())
3174 bool some_failed
= false;
3176 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
3179 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
3182 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
3185 for (bp_location
*loc
: bpt
->locations ())
3186 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
3194 for (bp_location
*loc
: bpt
->locations ())
3196 remove_breakpoint (loc
);
3198 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
3199 tmp_error_stream
.printf ("Could not insert "
3200 "hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
3208 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
3209 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3210 if (hw_breakpoint_error
&& !hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
3212 tmp_error_stream
.printf ("Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3213 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3215 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
3216 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3220 /* Used when the program stops.
3221 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3222 removing a breakpoint location. */
3225 remove_breakpoints (void)
3229 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations ())
3230 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
3231 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
);
3236 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3240 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info
*tp
, int silent
)
3242 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
3244 if (b
->thread
== tp
->global_num
&& user_breakpoint_p (b
))
3246 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3249 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %s no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3250 b
->number
, print_thread_id (tp
));
3252 /* Hide it from the user. */
3258 /* See breakpoint.h. */
3261 remove_breakpoints_inf (inferior
*inf
)
3265 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations ())
3267 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3270 if (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->target_info
.persist
)
3272 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
);
3279 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
3281 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3282 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3283 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3284 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3285 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3286 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3288 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
3291 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3294 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
3295 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
3299 static struct breakpoint
*
3300 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
3301 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
)
3303 std::unique_ptr
<internal_breakpoint
> b
3304 (new internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, type
, address
));
3306 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3308 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
3311 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
3313 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3315 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3317 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3318 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3320 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3321 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym
;
3323 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3324 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
];
3326 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3327 int longjmp_searched
= 0;
3329 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). These are non-owning
3331 std::vector
<probe
*> longjmp_probes
;
3333 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3334 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym
;
3336 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3337 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym
;
3339 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3340 int exception_searched
= 0;
3342 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). These are non-owning
3344 std::vector
<probe
*> exception_probes
;
3347 static const registry
<objfile
>::key
<breakpoint_objfile_data
>
3348 breakpoint_objfile_key
;
3350 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3351 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
3353 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3356 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
3358 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
3361 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3362 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3364 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
3365 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
3367 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3369 bp_objfile_data
= breakpoint_objfile_key
.get (objfile
);
3370 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
3371 bp_objfile_data
= breakpoint_objfile_key
.emplace (objfile
);
3372 return bp_objfile_data
;
3376 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3378 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
3380 for (objfile
*objfile
: current_program_space
->objfiles ())
3382 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3383 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3386 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3388 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
))
3391 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3393 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3395 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3396 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3398 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3399 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3402 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
3405 addr
= bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.value_address ();
3406 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (objfile
->arch (), addr
,
3408 b
->locspec
= new_explicit_location_spec_function (func_name
);
3410 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
3412 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
3413 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
3417 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3418 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
3423 /* Install a master longjmp breakpoint for OBJFILE using a probe. Return
3424 true if a breakpoint was installed. */
3427 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint_probe (objfile
*objfile
)
3429 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= objfile
->arch ();
3430 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
3431 = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3433 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
)
3435 std::vector
<probe
*> ret
3436 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libc", "longjmp");
3440 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3443 if (!p
->can_evaluate_arguments ())
3445 /* We cannot use the probe interface here,
3446 because it does not know how to evaluate
3451 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
= ret
;
3452 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
= 1;
3455 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
.empty ())
3458 for (probe
*p
: bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
)
3460 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3462 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3463 p
->get_relocated_address (objfile
),
3465 b
->locspec
= new_probe_location_spec ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3466 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3472 /* Install master longjmp breakpoints for OBJFILE using longjmp_names.
3473 Return true if at least one breakpoint was installed. */
3476 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint_names (objfile
*objfile
)
3478 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= objfile
->arch ();
3479 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
3482 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
3483 = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3484 unsigned int installed_bp
= 0;
3486 for (int i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
3488 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3489 const char *func_name
;
3492 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
))
3495 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
3496 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
== NULL
)
3498 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3500 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3501 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3503 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3504 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3507 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
3510 addr
= bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].value_address ();
3511 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
);
3512 b
->locspec
= new_explicit_location_spec_function (func_name
);
3513 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3517 return installed_bp
> 0;
3520 /* Create a master longjmp breakpoint. */
3523 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3525 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
3527 for (struct program_space
*pspace
: program_spaces
)
3529 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3531 for (objfile
*obj
: current_program_space
->objfiles ())
3533 /* Skip separate debug object, it's handled in the loop below. */
3534 if (obj
->separate_debug_objfile_backlink
!= nullptr)
3537 /* Try a probe kind breakpoint on main objfile. */
3538 if (create_longjmp_master_breakpoint_probe (obj
))
3541 /* Try longjmp_names kind breakpoints on main and separate_debug
3543 for (objfile
*debug_objfile
: obj
->separate_debug_objfiles ())
3544 if (create_longjmp_master_breakpoint_names (debug_objfile
))
3550 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3552 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3554 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
3556 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
3558 for (struct program_space
*pspace
: program_spaces
)
3562 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3564 for (objfile
*objfile
: current_program_space
->objfiles ())
3566 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3567 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3569 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3571 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
))
3574 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3576 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3578 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3579 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
|| (m
.minsym
->type () != mst_text
3580 && m
.minsym
->type () != mst_file_text
))
3582 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3583 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3586 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
3589 addr
= bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.value_address ();
3590 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (objfile
->arch (), addr
,
3591 bp_std_terminate_master
);
3592 b
->locspec
= new_explicit_location_spec_function (func_name
);
3593 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3598 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook for OBJFILE using a
3599 probe. Return true if a breakpoint was installed. */
3602 create_exception_master_breakpoint_probe (objfile
*objfile
)
3604 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3605 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3606 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3608 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3610 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3611 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
)
3613 std::vector
<probe
*> ret
3614 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libgcc", "unwind");
3618 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3621 if (!p
->can_evaluate_arguments ())
3623 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3624 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3628 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
= ret
;
3629 bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
= 1;
3632 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
.empty ())
3635 gdbarch
= objfile
->arch ();
3637 for (probe
*p
: bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
)
3639 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3640 p
->get_relocated_address (objfile
),
3641 bp_exception_master
);
3642 b
->locspec
= new_probe_location_spec ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3643 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3649 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook for OBJFILE using
3650 _Unwind_DebugHook. Return true if a breakpoint was installed. */
3653 create_exception_master_breakpoint_hook (objfile
*objfile
)
3655 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3656 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3657 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3658 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3661 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3663 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
))
3666 gdbarch
= objfile
->arch ();
3668 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3670 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook
;
3672 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3673 if (debug_hook
.minsym
== NULL
)
3675 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3679 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
3682 addr
= bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.value_address ();
3683 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr
3684 (gdbarch
, addr
, current_inferior ()->top_target ());
3685 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
);
3686 b
->locspec
= new_explicit_location_spec_function (func_name
);
3687 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3692 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3695 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3697 for (objfile
*obj
: current_program_space
->objfiles ())
3699 /* Skip separate debug object. */
3700 if (obj
->separate_debug_objfile_backlink
)
3703 /* Try a probe kind breakpoint. */
3704 if (create_exception_master_breakpoint_probe (obj
))
3707 /* Iterate over main and separate debug objects and try an
3708 _Unwind_DebugHook kind breakpoint. */
3709 for (objfile
*debug_objfile
: obj
->separate_debug_objfiles ())
3710 if (create_exception_master_breakpoint_hook (debug_objfile
))
3715 /* Does B have a location spec? */
3718 breakpoint_location_spec_empty_p (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
3720 return (b
->locspec
!= nullptr && b
->locspec
->empty_p ());
3724 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3726 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3727 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3728 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3729 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3730 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3731 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3732 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3733 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3734 for (bp_location
*bploc
: all_bp_locations ())
3735 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3736 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
3738 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
3740 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
3743 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3744 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
3746 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3750 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3751 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
3753 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3757 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3758 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3759 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3760 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
3761 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
3763 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3767 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3768 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
3770 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3774 /* Just like single-step breakpoints. */
3775 if (b
->type
== bp_single_step
)
3777 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3781 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3783 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
3784 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3785 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
3787 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3791 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3793 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3794 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3795 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3796 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3800 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3801 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3802 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3803 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3804 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3805 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3807 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3808 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3809 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3810 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3811 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3812 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3813 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3815 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3816 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3817 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3818 let finish_command delete it.
3820 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3821 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3822 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3823 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3824 solib breakpoints.) */
3826 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
3831 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3832 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3834 if (breakpoint_location_spec_empty_p (b
))
3836 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3843 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid
)
3846 scoped_restore save_inferior_ptid
= make_scoped_restore (&inferior_ptid
);
3847 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
3849 if (ptid
.pid () == inferior_ptid
.pid ())
3850 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3852 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3853 inferior_ptid
= ptid
;
3854 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations ())
3856 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3859 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3860 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3861 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other and
3862 bp_loc_software_watchpoint are only maintained at GDB side,
3863 so there is no need to remove them. Moreover, removing these
3864 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3865 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_other
3866 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_watchpoint
)
3870 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3876 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3877 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3878 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3879 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3880 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3883 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
3887 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3888 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3890 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3891 This should not ever happen. */
3892 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3894 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3895 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3897 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3898 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3899 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3901 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3902 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
3903 || bl
->section
== NULL
3904 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
3906 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3908 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3909 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3910 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3911 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3912 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3913 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3914 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3915 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3916 add-symbol-file is letting the user manually maintain a
3917 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3918 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3919 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3920 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3921 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3922 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3923 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3924 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3925 they should always be removed. */
3926 if (bl
->shlib_disabled
3927 && bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
!= 0
3928 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
))
3931 val
= bl
->owner
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3935 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3936 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3937 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
3939 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3940 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3942 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3943 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3944 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3945 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3946 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3948 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3949 &bl
->overlay_target_info
,
3952 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3953 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3956 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3957 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3958 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3959 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3961 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3962 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3963 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3964 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3965 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3966 val
= bl
->owner
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3972 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3977 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
3978 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
3979 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
3980 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
3981 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
3982 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
3983 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
3984 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
3985 always-inserted mode. */
3987 && (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3988 && (bl
->shlib_disabled
3989 || solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
3990 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
3996 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3998 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
4000 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
4001 bl
->owner
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
4003 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
4004 if (reason
== REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
&& bl
->inserted
)
4005 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
4008 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
4009 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4012 val
= bl
->owner
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
4016 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
4023 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
4025 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
4026 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
4028 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
4029 This should not ever happen. */
4030 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
4032 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
4034 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
4036 return remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
);
4039 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
4042 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
4044 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations ())
4045 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
4049 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
4050 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
4052 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
4055 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
4056 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
4057 init_wait_for_inferior). */
4062 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
4064 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
4066 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
4068 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
4071 mark_breakpoints_out ();
4073 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
4075 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
4081 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
4083 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
4084 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
4087 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4089 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
4091 case bp_shlib_event
:
4093 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
4094 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
4095 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
4096 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
4097 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
4099 (gdb) file prog-linux
4100 (gdb) run # native linux target
4103 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
4104 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
4107 case bp_step_resume
:
4109 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
4111 case bp_single_step
:
4113 /* Also remove single-step breakpoints. */
4115 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4119 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4120 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4121 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4123 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4125 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
4126 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
4127 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4130 /* Get rid of existing locations, which are no longer
4131 valid. New ones will be created in
4132 update_watchpoint, when the inferior is restarted.
4133 The next update_global_location_list call will
4134 garbage collect them. */
4137 if (context
== inf_starting
)
4139 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
4140 insert_breakpoints. */
4141 w
->val
.reset (nullptr);
4142 w
->val_valid
= false;
4152 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
4153 for (bp_location
*bl
: moribund_locations
)
4154 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
4155 moribund_locations
.clear ();
4158 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
4159 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
4160 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
4161 match, not program space. */
4163 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
4164 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
4165 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
4166 permanent breakpoint.
4167 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
4168 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
4169 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
4170 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
4171 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
4173 enum breakpoint_here
4174 breakpoint_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4176 bool any_breakpoint_here
= false;
4178 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations ())
4180 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4181 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4184 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4185 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4187 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4189 if (overlay_debugging
4190 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4191 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4192 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4193 else if (bl
->permanent
)
4194 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
4196 any_breakpoint_here
= true;
4200 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: no_breakpoint_here
;
4203 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4206 breakpoint_in_range_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
4207 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4209 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations ())
4211 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4212 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4215 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4217 && breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (bl
, aspace
,
4220 if (overlay_debugging
4221 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4222 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4224 /* Unmapped overlay -- can't be a match. */
4235 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4238 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4240 for (bp_location
*loc
: moribund_locations
)
4241 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
4247 /* Returns true iff BL is inserted at PC, in address space ASPACE. */
4250 bp_location_inserted_here_p (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
4251 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4254 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
4257 /* An unmapped overlay can't be a match. */
4258 return !(overlay_debugging
4259 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4260 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
));
4265 /* Returns non-zero iff there's a breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4268 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4270 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations_at_addr (pc
))
4272 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4273 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4276 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4282 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4286 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
4289 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations_at_addr (pc
))
4291 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
4294 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4301 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4304 hardware_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
4307 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations_at_addr (pc
))
4309 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4312 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4320 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (const address_space
*aspace
,
4321 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4323 for (breakpoint
*bpt
: all_breakpoints ())
4325 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
4326 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
4329 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
4332 for (bp_location
*loc
: bpt
->locations ())
4333 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
4337 /* Check for intersection. */
4338 l
= std::max
<CORE_ADDR
> (loc
->address
, addr
);
4339 h
= std::min
<CORE_ADDR
> (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
4347 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4350 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
4352 return (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
4355 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4356 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4359 bpstat_clear (bpstat
**bsp
)
4376 bpstat::bpstat (const bpstat
&other
)
4378 bp_location_at (other
.bp_location_at
),
4379 breakpoint_at (other
.breakpoint_at
),
4380 commands (other
.commands
),
4381 print (other
.print
),
4383 print_it (other
.print_it
)
4385 if (other
.old_val
!= NULL
)
4386 old_val
= release_value (value_copy (other
.old_val
.get ()));
4389 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4390 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4393 bpstat_copy (bpstat
*bs
)
4395 bpstat
*p
= nullptr;
4397 bpstat
*retval
= nullptr;
4402 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4404 tmp
= new bpstat (*bs
);
4407 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4417 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4420 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat
*bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
4425 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4427 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
4433 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4436 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat
*bsp
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
4438 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4440 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4442 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4444 if (sig
== GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
4449 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->explains_signal (sig
))
4457 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4460 bpstat_num (bpstat
**bsp
, int *num
)
4462 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4465 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4467 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4468 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4469 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4470 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
4471 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
4473 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4475 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
4479 /* See breakpoint.h */
4482 bpstat_locno (const bpstat
*bs
)
4484 const struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4485 const struct bp_location
*bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
.get ();
4489 if (b
!= nullptr && b
->loc
->next
!= nullptr)
4491 const bp_location
*bl_i
;
4494 bl_i
!= bl
&& bl_i
->next
!= nullptr;
4502 warning (_("location number not found for breakpoint %d address %s."),
4503 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
4511 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4514 print_num_locno (const bpstat
*bs
, struct ui_out
*uiout
)
4516 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4519 uiout
->text (_("deleted breakpoint"));
4522 uiout
->field_signed ("bkptno", b
->number
);
4524 int locno
= bpstat_locno (bs
);
4526 uiout
->message (".%pF", signed_field ("locno", locno
));
4530 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4533 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4537 if (inferior_ptid
== null_ptid
)
4540 thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4541 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4543 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4544 bs
->old_val
.reset (nullptr);
4548 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4551 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4553 if (inferior_ptid
!= null_ptid
)
4555 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4557 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4558 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4559 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4560 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4561 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
4565 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
4568 /* Return true iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4569 or its equivalent. */
4572 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
4574 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0);
4577 /* Sets the $_hit_bpnum and $_hit_locno to the bpnum and locno of bs. */
4579 set_hit_convenience_vars (bpstat
*bs
)
4581 const struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4584 int locno
= bpstat_locno (bs
);
4585 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("_hit_bpnum"), b
->number
);
4586 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("_hit_locno"),
4587 (locno
> 0 ? locno
: 1));
4591 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4592 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4593 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4594 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4596 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4597 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4598 bpstat of the current thread. */
4601 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
**bsp
)
4605 bpstat
*bs_print_hit_var
;
4607 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4609 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
4612 scoped_restore save_executing
4613 = make_scoped_restore (&executing_breakpoint_commands
, 1);
4615 scoped_restore preventer
= prevent_dont_repeat ();
4617 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4620 /* The $_hit_* convenience variables are set before running the
4621 commands of bs. In case we have several bs, after the loop,
4622 we set again the variables to the first bs to print. */
4623 bs_print_hit_var
= nullptr;
4625 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
4626 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4628 struct command_line
*cmd
= NULL
;
4630 /* Set the _hit_* convenience variables before running the commands of
4631 each bs. If this is the first bs to be printed, remember it so as to
4632 set the convenience variable again to this bs after the loop so that in
4633 case of multiple breakpoints, the variables are set to the breakpoint
4634 printed for the user. */
4635 set_hit_convenience_vars (bs
);
4636 if (bs_print_hit_var
== nullptr && bs
->print
)
4637 bs_print_hit_var
= bs
;
4639 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4641 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4642 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4643 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4644 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4645 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4646 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4647 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4648 the tree when we're done. */
4649 counted_command_line ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
4650 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4653 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
4655 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4661 execute_control_command (cmd
);
4663 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4669 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4671 if (current_ui
->async
)
4672 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4673 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4674 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4677 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4678 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4679 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4680 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4681 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4682 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4683 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4684 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4685 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4686 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4687 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4688 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4689 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4695 /* Now that we have executed the commands of all bs, set the _hit_*
4696 convenience variables to the printed bs. */
4697 if (bs_print_hit_var
!= nullptr)
4698 set_hit_convenience_vars (bs_print_hit_var
);
4703 /* Helper for bpstat_do_actions. Get the current thread, if there's
4704 one, is alive and has execution. Return NULL otherwise. */
4706 static thread_info
*
4707 get_bpstat_thread ()
4709 if (inferior_ptid
== null_ptid
|| !target_has_execution ())
4712 thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4713 if (tp
->state
== THREAD_EXITED
|| tp
->executing ())
4719 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4721 auto cleanup_if_error
= make_scope_exit (bpstat_clear_actions
);
4724 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4725 while ((tp
= get_bpstat_thread ()) != NULL
)
4727 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the
4728 inferior, and only return when it is stopped at the next
4729 breakpoint, we keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns
4730 false to indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4731 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
))
4735 cleanup_if_error
.release ();
4738 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4741 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
4744 fprintf_styled (stream
, metadata_style
.style (), _("<unreadable>"));
4747 struct value_print_options opts
;
4748 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4749 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
4753 /* Print the "Thread ID hit" part of "Thread ID hit Breakpoint N" if
4754 debugging multiple threads. */
4757 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (struct ui_out
*uiout
)
4759 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4764 if (show_thread_that_caused_stop ())
4766 struct thread_info
*thr
= inferior_thread ();
4768 uiout
->text ("Thread ");
4769 uiout
->field_string ("thread-id", print_thread_id (thr
));
4771 const char *name
= thread_name (thr
);
4774 uiout
->text (" \"");
4775 uiout
->field_string ("name", name
);
4779 uiout
->text (" hit ");
4783 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4784 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4785 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4786 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4789 static enum print_stop_action
4790 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat
*bs
)
4792 switch (bs
->print_it
)
4795 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4796 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4800 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4801 relevant messages. */
4802 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
4805 case print_it_normal
:
4807 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4809 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4810 which has since been deleted. */
4812 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4814 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4815 return b
->print_it (bs
);
4820 internal_error (_("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4825 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4828 print_solib_event (bool is_catchpoint
)
4830 bool any_deleted
= !current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
.empty ();
4831 bool any_added
= !current_program_space
->added_solibs
.empty ();
4835 if (any_added
|| any_deleted
)
4836 current_uiout
->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4838 current_uiout
->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4839 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4842 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4843 current_uiout
->field_string ("reason",
4844 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
4848 current_uiout
->text (_(" Inferior unloaded "));
4849 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (current_uiout
, "removed");
4850 for (int ix
= 0; ix
< current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
.size (); ix
++)
4852 const std::string
&name
= current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
[ix
];
4855 current_uiout
->text (" ");
4856 current_uiout
->field_string ("library", name
);
4857 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
4863 current_uiout
->text (_(" Inferior loaded "));
4864 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (current_uiout
, "added");
4866 for (so_list
*iter
: current_program_space
->added_solibs
)
4869 current_uiout
->text (" ");
4871 current_uiout
->field_string ("library", iter
->so_name
);
4872 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
4877 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4878 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4879 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4880 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4881 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4882 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4883 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4886 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4887 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4888 code to print the location. An example is
4889 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4891 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4892 to also print the location part of the message.
4893 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4894 don't require a location appended to the end.
4895 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4896 further info to be printed. */
4898 enum print_stop_action
4899 bpstat_print (bpstat
*bs
, target_waitkind kind
)
4901 enum print_stop_action val
;
4903 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4904 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4905 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4906 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4907 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4909 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
4910 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4911 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4912 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
4916 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4917 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4918 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4919 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
4921 print_solib_event (false);
4922 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
4925 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4926 with and nothing was printed. */
4927 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4930 /* Evaluate the boolean expression EXP and return the result. */
4933 breakpoint_cond_eval (expression
*exp
)
4935 scoped_value_mark mark
;
4936 return value_true (evaluate_expression (exp
));
4939 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4941 bpstat::bpstat (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
***bs_link_pointer
)
4943 bp_location_at (bp_location_ref_ptr::new_reference (bl
)),
4944 breakpoint_at (bl
->owner
),
4948 print_it (print_it_normal
)
4950 **bs_link_pointer
= this;
4951 *bs_link_pointer
= &next
;
4956 breakpoint_at (NULL
),
4960 print_it (print_it_normal
)
4964 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4965 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4968 watchpoints_triggered (const target_waitstatus
&ws
)
4970 bool stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4973 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
4975 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4976 as not triggered. */
4977 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
4978 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4980 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4982 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4988 if (!target_stopped_data_address (current_inferior ()->top_target (), &addr
))
4990 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4991 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4992 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
4993 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4995 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4997 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
5003 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
5004 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
5007 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
5008 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
5010 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5012 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
5013 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
5015 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
5017 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
5018 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
5020 if (newaddr
== start
)
5022 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5026 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
5027 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range
5028 (current_inferior ()->top_target (), addr
, loc
->address
,
5031 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5040 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check. */
5041 enum wp_check_result
5043 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
5046 /* The value has changed. */
5047 WP_VALUE_CHANGED
= 2,
5049 /* The value has not changed. */
5050 WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
= 3,
5052 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
5056 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
5057 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
5059 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
5062 static wp_check_result
5063 watchpoint_check (bpstat
*bs
)
5065 struct watchpoint
*b
;
5067 bool within_current_scope
;
5069 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
5070 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
5071 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5073 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
5074 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
5075 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
5076 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
5079 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5080 within_current_scope
= true;
5083 frame_info_ptr frame
= get_current_frame ();
5084 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5085 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
5087 /* stack_frame_destroyed_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
5088 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
5089 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
5090 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
5091 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
5092 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
5093 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
5094 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
5095 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
5096 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
5099 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
5100 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
5102 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
5103 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
5104 if (within_current_scope
)
5106 struct symbol
*function
;
5108 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
5109 if (function
== NULL
5110 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
, function
->value_block ()))
5111 within_current_scope
= false;
5114 if (within_current_scope
)
5115 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
5116 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
5121 if (within_current_scope
)
5123 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
5124 time before we return to the command level and call
5125 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
5126 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
5129 struct value
*new_val
;
5131 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
5132 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
5133 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
5134 a mask watchpoint. */
5135 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
5137 mark
= value_mark ();
5138 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
.get (), b
->exp
->op
.get (), &new_val
,
5141 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
5142 new_val
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, new_val
);
5144 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
5145 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
5146 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
5147 not what we want. */
5148 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
5149 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
.get (),
5152 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
5153 b
->val
= release_value (new_val
);
5154 b
->val_valid
= true;
5155 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
5156 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5157 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
5161 /* Nothing changed. */
5162 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5163 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
5168 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
5169 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
5170 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
5171 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
5172 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
5173 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
5174 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
5175 the first value assigned). */
5176 /* We print all the stop information in
5177 breakpointprint_it, but in this case, by the time we
5178 call breakpoint->print_it this bp will be deleted
5179 already. So we have no choice but print the information
5182 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
5184 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5186 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
5188 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
5189 uiout
->message ("\nWatchpoint %pF deleted because the program has "
5190 "left the block in\n"
5191 "which its expression is valid.\n",
5192 signed_field ("wpnum", b
->number
));
5195 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
5197 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5203 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
5204 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
5205 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
5208 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
5209 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
5210 const target_waitstatus
&ws
)
5212 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
5214 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
5215 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5217 return b
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
5220 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
5221 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
5224 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat
*bs
)
5226 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5227 struct watchpoint
*b
;
5229 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5230 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
.get ();
5231 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5232 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5233 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5236 bool must_check_value
= false;
5238 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5239 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
5241 must_check_value
= true;
5242 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
5243 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
5244 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
5246 must_check_value
= true;
5247 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
5248 && b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
5249 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
5250 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
5251 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
5252 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
5253 must_check_value
= true;
5255 if (must_check_value
)
5261 e
= watchpoint_check (bs
);
5263 catch (const gdb_exception
&ex
)
5265 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, ex
,
5266 "Error evaluating expression "
5267 "for watchpoint %d\n",
5270 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
5272 gdb_printf (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"),
5275 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5282 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5283 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5287 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5290 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
5291 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5293 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5295 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5296 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5297 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5298 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5299 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5300 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5301 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5304 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5305 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5308 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5309 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5310 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5311 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5313 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5314 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5315 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5318 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5319 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5320 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5321 changes. This still gives false positives when
5322 the program writes the same value to memory as
5323 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5324 it for a read), but it's much better than
5327 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
5329 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
5331 for (breakpoint
*other_b
: all_breakpoints ())
5332 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5333 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
5335 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
5336 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
5338 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
5339 == watch_triggered_yes
)
5341 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
5347 if (other_write_watchpoint
5348 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
5350 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5351 and the value changed since the last time we
5352 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5354 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5359 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
5360 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5361 || b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5363 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5364 the value hasn't changed. */
5365 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5375 else /* !must_check_value */
5377 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5378 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5379 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5380 anything for this watchpoint. */
5381 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5387 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5388 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5389 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5390 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5393 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat
*bs
, thread_info
*thread
)
5395 INFRUN_SCOPED_DEBUG_ENTER_EXIT
;
5397 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5398 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5400 bool condition_result
= true;
5401 struct expression
*cond
;
5403 gdb_assert (bs
->stop
);
5405 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5406 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
.get ();
5407 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5408 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5409 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5411 infrun_debug_printf ("thread = %s, breakpoint %d.%d",
5412 thread
->ptid
.to_string ().c_str (),
5413 b
->number
, find_loc_num_by_location (bl
));
5415 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5416 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5417 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5419 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
5420 && b
->frame_id
!= get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ()))
5422 infrun_debug_printf ("incorrect frame %s not %s, not stopping",
5423 get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ()).to_string ().c_str (),
5424 b
->frame_id
.to_string ().c_str ());
5429 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5430 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5432 if ((b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= thread
->global_num
)
5433 || (b
->task
!= 0 && b
->task
!= ada_get_task_number (thread
)))
5435 infrun_debug_printf ("incorrect thread or task, not stopping");
5440 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5442 bs
->stop
= breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b
);
5444 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5446 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5448 cond
= w
->cond_exp
.get ();
5451 cond
= bl
->cond
.get ();
5453 if (cond
!= nullptr && b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
5455 bool within_current_scope
= true;
5456 struct watchpoint
* w
;
5458 /* We use scoped_value_mark because it could be a long time
5459 before we return to the command level and call
5460 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
5461 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
5462 scoped_value_mark mark
;
5464 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5465 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5469 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5470 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5471 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5472 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5473 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5475 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5476 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5479 frame_info_ptr frame
;
5481 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5482 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5483 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5484 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5485 really matter which instantiation of the function
5486 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5487 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5488 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5489 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5490 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5491 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5492 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5493 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5495 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
5497 select_frame (frame
);
5499 within_current_scope
= false;
5501 if (within_current_scope
)
5505 condition_result
= breakpoint_cond_eval (cond
);
5507 catch (const gdb_exception
&ex
)
5509 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, ex
,
5510 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n");
5515 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5516 "in the current scope"));
5517 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5518 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5520 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5523 if (cond
!= nullptr && !condition_result
)
5525 infrun_debug_printf ("condition_result = false, not stopping");
5529 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
5531 infrun_debug_printf ("ignore count %d, not stopping",
5535 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5537 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
5542 infrun_debug_printf ("stopping at this breakpoint");
5544 infrun_debug_printf ("not stopping at this breakpoint");
5547 /* Returns true if we need to track moribund locations of LOC's type
5548 on the current target. */
5551 need_moribund_for_location_type (const struct bp_location
*loc
)
5553 return ((loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
5554 && !target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ())
5555 || (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
5556 && !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ()));
5559 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5562 build_bpstat_chain (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
5563 const target_waitstatus
&ws
)
5565 bpstat
*bs_head
= nullptr, **bs_link
= &bs_head
;
5567 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
5569 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5572 for (bp_location
*bl
: b
->locations ())
5574 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5575 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5576 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5577 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5578 checked all locations already. */
5579 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
5582 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->disabled_by_cond
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
)
5585 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
5588 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5591 bpstat
*bs
= new bpstat (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5594 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5595 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5596 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5600 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5601 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5602 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5604 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
5606 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
5608 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5613 /* Check if a moribund breakpoint explains the stop. */
5614 if (!target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ()
5615 || !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ())
5617 for (bp_location
*loc
: moribund_locations
)
5619 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
)
5620 && need_moribund_for_location_type (loc
))
5622 bpstat
*bs
= new bpstat (loc
, &bs_link
);
5623 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5626 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5634 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5637 bpstat_stop_status (const address_space
*aspace
,
5638 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, thread_info
*thread
,
5639 const target_waitstatus
&ws
,
5642 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
5643 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5644 bpstat
*bs_head
= stop_chain
;
5646 int need_remove_insert
;
5649 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5650 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5651 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5652 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5653 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5654 inferior function calls. */
5655 if (bs_head
== NULL
)
5656 bs_head
= build_bpstat_chain (aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
5658 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5659 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5660 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5662 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5664 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
5666 handle_solib_event ();
5671 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5672 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5673 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5677 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5682 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5683 b
->check_status (bs
);
5686 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, thread
);
5692 /* We will stop here. */
5693 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
5695 --(b
->enable_count
);
5696 if (b
->enable_count
<= 0)
5697 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5700 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
5703 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
5704 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
5705 ? bs
->commands
.get () : NULL
))
5708 b
->after_condition_true (bs
);
5713 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5715 if (!bs
->stop
|| !bs
->print
)
5716 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5719 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5720 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5721 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5723 need_remove_insert
= 0;
5724 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
5725 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5727 && bs
->breakpoint_at
5728 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
5730 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5732 update_watchpoint (w
, false /* don't reparse. */);
5733 need_remove_insert
= 1;
5736 if (need_remove_insert
)
5737 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
5738 else if (removed_any
)
5739 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
5744 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5747 bpstat_stop_status_nowatch (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
5748 thread_info
*thread
, const target_waitstatus
&ws
)
5750 gdb_assert (!target_stopped_by_watchpoint ());
5752 /* Clear all watchpoints' 'watchpoint_triggered' value from a
5753 previous stop to avoid confusing bpstat_stop_status. */
5754 watchpoints_triggered (ws
);
5756 return bpstat_stop_status (aspace
, bp_addr
, thread
, ws
);
5760 handle_jit_event (CORE_ADDR address
)
5762 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
5764 infrun_debug_printf ("handling bp_jit_event");
5766 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5767 breakpoint_re_set. */
5768 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
5770 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (get_current_frame ());
5771 /* This event is caused by a breakpoint set in `jit_breakpoint_re_set`,
5772 thus it is expected that its objectfile can be found through
5773 minimal symbol lookup. If it doesn't work (and assert fails), it
5774 most likely means that `jit_breakpoint_re_set` was changes and this
5775 function needs to be updated too. */
5776 bound_minimal_symbol jit_bp_sym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (address
);
5777 gdb_assert (jit_bp_sym
.objfile
!= nullptr);
5778 objfile
*objfile
= jit_bp_sym
.objfile
;
5779 if (objfile
->separate_debug_objfile_backlink
)
5780 objfile
= objfile
->separate_debug_objfile_backlink
;
5781 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
, objfile
);
5783 target_terminal::inferior ();
5786 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5788 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5791 bpstat_what (bpstat
*bs_head
)
5793 struct bpstat_what retval
;
5796 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5797 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
5798 retval
.is_longjmp
= false;
5800 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5802 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5803 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5804 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5807 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
5809 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5810 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5814 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
5821 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5822 case bp_single_step
:
5825 case bp_shlib_event
:
5829 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5831 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5834 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5837 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5838 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5839 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5843 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5845 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5849 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5850 This requires no further action. */
5854 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5858 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5859 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
!= bp_exception
;
5862 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5864 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5865 case bp_exception_resume
:
5868 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5869 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
5872 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5874 case bp_step_resume
:
5876 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
5879 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5880 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5883 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5885 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
5888 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5889 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5892 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5893 case bp_thread_event
:
5894 case bp_overlay_event
:
5895 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5896 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5897 case bp_exception_master
:
5898 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5904 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5906 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5910 /* Some catchpoints are implemented with breakpoints.
5911 For those, we need to step over the breakpoint. */
5912 if (bs
->bp_location_at
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
5913 || bs
->bp_location_at
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
5914 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5918 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5921 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5922 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5923 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
5924 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5926 case bp_std_terminate
:
5927 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5928 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5929 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
5930 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5933 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5934 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5935 case bp_static_marker_tracepoint
:
5936 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5937 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5939 internal_error (_("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5941 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5942 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5943 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5945 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5946 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5947 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5948 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5953 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5955 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5959 internal_error (_("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
5962 retval
.main_action
= std::max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
5969 bpstat_run_callbacks (bpstat
*bs_head
)
5973 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5975 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5982 handle_jit_event (bs
->bp_location_at
->address
);
5984 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5985 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop ((code_breakpoint
*) b
);
5987 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5988 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop ((code_breakpoint
*) b
);
5994 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5997 bpstat_should_step ()
5999 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
6000 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
6006 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6009 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat
*bs
)
6011 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
6020 /* Compute a number of spaces suitable to indent the next line
6021 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
6022 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
6025 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
6027 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
6031 for (i
= 1; uiout
->query_table_field (i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
6033 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
6036 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
6042 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
6043 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
6045 "host": Host evals condition.
6046 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
6047 "target": Target evals condition.
6051 bp_condition_evaluator (const breakpoint
*b
)
6053 char host_evals
= 0;
6054 char target_evals
= 0;
6059 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
6062 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
6063 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
6064 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6066 for (bp_location
*bl
: b
->locations ())
6068 if (bl
->cond_bytecode
)
6074 if (host_evals
&& target_evals
)
6075 return condition_evaluation_both
;
6076 else if (target_evals
)
6077 return condition_evaluation_target
;
6079 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6082 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
6083 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
6086 bp_location_condition_evaluator (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
6088 if (bl
&& !is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
6091 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
6092 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
6093 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6095 if (bl
&& bl
->cond_bytecode
)
6096 return condition_evaluation_target
;
6098 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6101 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
6104 print_breakpoint_location (const breakpoint
*b
,
6105 struct bp_location
*loc
)
6107 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6109 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
6111 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6115 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
6117 if (b
->display_canonical
)
6118 uiout
->field_string ("what", b
->locspec
->to_string ());
6119 else if (loc
&& loc
->symtab
)
6121 const struct symbol
*sym
= loc
->symbol
;
6125 uiout
->text ("in ");
6126 uiout
->field_string ("func", sym
->print_name (),
6127 function_name_style
.style ());
6129 uiout
->wrap_hint (wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
6130 uiout
->text ("at ");
6132 uiout
->field_string ("file",
6133 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc
->symtab
),
6134 file_name_style
.style ());
6137 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6138 uiout
->field_string ("fullname", symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
));
6140 uiout
->field_signed ("line", loc
->line_number
);
6146 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, &stb
,
6148 uiout
->field_stream ("at", stb
);
6152 uiout
->field_string ("pending", b
->locspec
->to_string ());
6153 /* If extra_string is available, it could be holding a condition
6154 or dprintf arguments. In either case, make sure it is printed,
6155 too, but only for non-MI streams. */
6156 if (!uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
6158 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
6162 uiout
->text (b
->extra_string
.get ());
6166 if (loc
&& is_breakpoint (b
)
6167 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
6168 && bp_condition_evaluator (b
) == condition_evaluation_both
)
6171 uiout
->field_string ("evaluated-by",
6172 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc
));
6178 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
6180 struct ep_type_description
6183 const char *description
;
6185 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
6187 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
6188 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
6189 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
6190 {bp_single_step
, "sw single-step"},
6191 {bp_until
, "until"},
6192 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
6193 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
6194 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
6195 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
6196 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
6197 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
6198 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
6199 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy
, "longjmp for call dummy"},
6200 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
6201 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
6202 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
6203 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
6204 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
6205 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
6206 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
6207 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
6208 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
6209 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
6210 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
6211 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
6212 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
6213 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
6214 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
6215 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
6216 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
6217 {bp_static_marker_tracepoint
, "static marker tracepoint"},
6218 {bp_dprintf
, "dprintf"},
6219 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
6220 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
6221 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
6224 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
6225 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
6226 internal_error (_("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
6229 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
6232 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
6233 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
6236 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out
*uiout
,
6237 const char *field_name
,
6238 const std::vector
<int> &inf_nums
,
6241 int is_mi
= uiout
->is_mi_like_p ();
6243 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6244 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
6245 if (!is_mi
&& mi_only
)
6248 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (uiout
, field_name
);
6250 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< inf_nums
.size (); i
++)
6256 xsnprintf (mi_group
, sizeof (mi_group
), "i%d", inf_nums
[i
]);
6257 uiout
->field_string (NULL
, mi_group
);
6262 uiout
->text (" inf ");
6266 uiout
->text (plongest (inf_nums
[i
]));
6271 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6273 bool fix_breakpoint_script_output_globally
= false;
6275 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. If RAW_LOC, print raw breakpoint locations
6276 instead of going via breakpoint_ops::print_one. This makes "maint
6277 info breakpoints" show the software breakpoint locations of
6278 catchpoints, which are considered internal implementation
6279 detail. Returns true if RAW_LOC is false and if the breakpoint's
6280 print_one method did something; false otherwise. */
6283 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6284 struct bp_location
*loc
,
6286 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6287 int allflag
, bool raw_loc
)
6289 struct command_line
*l
;
6290 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
6292 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6293 bool header_of_multiple
= false;
6294 bool part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
6295 struct value_print_options opts
;
6297 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6299 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
6300 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6301 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6304 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
6305 || !b
->loc
->enabled
|| b
->loc
->disabled_by_cond
)))
6306 header_of_multiple
= true;
6314 if (part_of_multiple
)
6315 uiout
->field_fmt ("number", "%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
6317 uiout
->field_signed ("number", b
->number
);
6321 if (part_of_multiple
)
6322 uiout
->field_skip ("type");
6324 uiout
->field_string ("type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
6328 if (part_of_multiple
)
6329 uiout
->field_skip ("disp");
6331 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
6335 if (part_of_multiple
)
6337 /* For locations that are disabled because of an invalid
6338 condition, display "N*" on the CLI, where "*" refers to a
6339 footnote below the table. For MI, simply display a "N"
6340 without a footnote. On the CLI, for enabled locations whose
6341 breakpoint is disabled, display "y-". */
6342 auto get_enable_state
= [uiout
, loc
] () -> const char *
6344 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6346 if (loc
->disabled_by_cond
)
6348 else if (!loc
->enabled
)
6355 if (loc
->disabled_by_cond
)
6357 else if (!loc
->enabled
)
6359 else if (!breakpoint_enabled (loc
->owner
))
6365 uiout
->field_string ("enabled", get_enable_state ());
6368 uiout
->field_fmt ("enabled", "%c", bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
6371 bool result
= false;
6372 if (!raw_loc
&& b
->print_one (last_loc
))
6376 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6378 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6380 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6381 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6382 is relatively readable). */
6383 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6384 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
6386 uiout
->field_string ("what", w
->exp_string
.get ());
6388 else if (!is_catchpoint (b
) || is_exception_catchpoint (b
)
6389 || is_ada_exception_catchpoint (b
))
6391 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6394 if (header_of_multiple
)
6395 uiout
->field_string ("addr", "<MULTIPLE>",
6396 metadata_style
.style ());
6397 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6398 uiout
->field_string ("addr", "<PENDING>",
6399 metadata_style
.style ());
6401 uiout
->field_core_addr ("addr",
6402 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
6405 if (!header_of_multiple
)
6406 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
6412 if (loc
!= NULL
&& !header_of_multiple
)
6414 std::vector
<int> inf_nums
;
6417 for (inferior
*inf
: all_inferiors ())
6419 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
6420 inf_nums
.push_back (inf
->num
);
6423 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6424 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6426 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6427 && (program_spaces
.size () > 1
6428 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6429 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6430 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6431 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
))
6433 output_thread_groups (uiout
, "thread-groups", inf_nums
, mi_only
);
6436 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6438 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6440 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6441 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6442 uiout
->text (" thread ");
6443 uiout
->field_signed ("thread", b
->thread
);
6445 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
6447 uiout
->text (" task ");
6448 uiout
->field_signed ("task", b
->task
);
6454 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6455 b
->print_one_detail (uiout
);
6457 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
6460 uiout
->text ("\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6461 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6463 uiout
->field_core_addr ("frame",
6464 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
6468 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
6471 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6472 uiout
->text ("\ttrace only if ");
6474 uiout
->text ("\tstop only if ");
6475 uiout
->field_string ("cond", b
->cond_string
.get ());
6477 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6478 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6479 if (is_breakpoint (b
)
6480 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6481 == condition_evaluation_target
)
6483 uiout
->message (" (%pF evals)",
6484 string_field ("evaluated-by",
6485 bp_condition_evaluator (b
)));
6490 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
6492 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6493 uiout
->text ("\tstop only in thread ");
6494 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6495 uiout
->field_signed ("thread", b
->thread
);
6498 struct thread_info
*thr
= find_thread_global_id (b
->thread
);
6500 uiout
->field_string ("thread", print_thread_id (thr
));
6505 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6509 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6510 if (is_catchpoint (b
))
6511 uiout
->text ("\tcatchpoint");
6512 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6513 uiout
->text ("\ttracepoint");
6515 uiout
->text ("\tbreakpoint");
6516 uiout
->text (" already hit ");
6517 uiout
->field_signed ("times", b
->hit_count
);
6518 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
6519 uiout
->text (" time\n");
6521 uiout
->text (" times\n");
6525 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6526 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6527 uiout
->field_signed ("times", b
->hit_count
);
6531 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
6534 uiout
->message ("\tignore next %pF hits\n",
6535 signed_field ("ignore", b
->ignore_count
));
6538 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6539 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6540 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6541 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->enable_count
> 1)
6544 uiout
->text ("\tdisable after ");
6545 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6546 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6547 if (b
->ignore_count
)
6548 uiout
->text ("additional ");
6550 uiout
->text ("next ");
6551 uiout
->field_signed ("enable", b
->enable_count
);
6552 uiout
->text (" hits\n");
6555 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
6557 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6559 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
6561 uiout
->text ("\ttrace buffer usage ");
6562 uiout
->field_signed ("traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
6563 uiout
->text (" bytes\n");
6567 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
.get () : NULL
;
6568 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
6572 bool use_fixed_output
=
6573 (uiout
->test_flags (fix_breakpoint_script_output
)
6574 || fix_breakpoint_script_output_globally
);
6576 gdb::optional
<ui_out_emit_tuple
> tuple_emitter
;
6577 gdb::optional
<ui_out_emit_list
> list_emitter
;
6579 if (use_fixed_output
)
6580 list_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "script");
6582 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "script");
6584 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
6587 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6589 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6591 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
6593 annotate_field (10);
6594 uiout
->text ("\tpass count ");
6595 uiout
->field_signed ("pass", t
->pass_count
);
6596 uiout
->text (" \n");
6599 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6601 if (!header_of_multiple
&& loc
!= NULL
&& !loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6603 annotate_field (11);
6605 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6606 uiout
->field_string ("installed",
6607 loc
->inserted
? "y" : "n");
6613 uiout
->text ("\tnot ");
6614 uiout
->text ("installed on target\n");
6619 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && !part_of_multiple
)
6621 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6623 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6625 uiout
->field_string ("original-location", w
->exp_string
.get ());
6627 else if (b
->locspec
!= nullptr)
6629 const char *str
= b
->locspec
->to_string ();
6631 uiout
->field_string ("original-location", str
);
6638 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6640 bool fix_multi_location_breakpoint_output_globally
= false;
6643 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6644 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6647 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6648 bool use_fixed_output
6649 = (uiout
->test_flags (fix_multi_location_breakpoint_output
)
6650 || fix_multi_location_breakpoint_output_globally
);
6652 gdb::optional
<ui_out_emit_tuple
> bkpt_tuple_emitter (gdb::in_place
, uiout
, "bkpt");
6653 bool printed
= print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
,
6656 /* The mi2 broken format: the main breakpoint tuple ends here, the locations
6658 if (!use_fixed_output
)
6659 bkpt_tuple_emitter
.reset ();
6661 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6662 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6663 locations, if any. */
6664 if (!printed
|| allflag
)
6666 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6667 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6668 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6671 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6672 internally, that's not a property exposed to users.
6674 Likewise, while catchpoints may be implemented with
6675 breakpoints (e.g., catch throw), that's not a property
6676 exposed to users. We do however display the internal
6677 breakpoint locations with "maint info breakpoints". */
6678 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
6679 && (!is_catchpoint (b
) || is_exception_catchpoint (b
)
6680 || is_ada_exception_catchpoint (b
))
6682 || (b
->loc
&& (b
->loc
->next
6684 || b
->loc
->disabled_by_cond
))))
6686 gdb::optional
<ui_out_emit_list
> locations_list
;
6688 /* For MI version <= 2, keep the behavior where GDB outputs an invalid
6689 MI record. For later versions, place breakpoint locations in a
6691 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && use_fixed_output
)
6692 locations_list
.emplace (uiout
, "locations");
6695 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
6697 ui_out_emit_tuple
loc_tuple_emitter (uiout
, NULL
);
6698 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
,
6707 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6709 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6711 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
6713 if (!bl_address_is_meaningful (loc
))
6716 int addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
6717 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6718 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6721 return print_address_bits
;
6724 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6727 print_breakpoint (breakpoint
*b
)
6729 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
6730 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
6733 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6734 internal or momentary. */
6737 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6739 return b
->number
> 0;
6742 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6745 pending_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6747 return b
->loc
== NULL
;
6750 /* Print information on breakpoints (including watchpoints and tracepoints).
6752 If non-NULL, BP_NUM_LIST is a list of numbers and number ranges as
6753 understood by number_or_range_parser. Only breakpoints included in this
6754 list are then printed.
6756 If SHOW_INTERNAL is true, print internal breakpoints.
6758 If FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6759 ones for which it returns true.
6761 Return the total number of breakpoints listed. */
6764 breakpoint_1 (const char *bp_num_list
, bool show_internal
,
6765 bool (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
6767 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
6768 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6769 struct value_print_options opts
;
6770 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6771 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
6772 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6773 bool has_disabled_by_cond_location
= false;
6775 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6777 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6778 required for address fields. */
6779 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
6780 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
6782 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6783 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6786 /* If we have a BP_NUM_LIST string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6787 accept. Skip the others. */
6788 if (bp_num_list
!= NULL
&& *bp_num_list
!= '\0')
6790 if (show_internal
&& parse_and_eval_long (bp_num_list
) != b
->number
)
6792 if (!show_internal
&& !number_is_in_list (bp_num_list
, b
->number
))
6796 if (show_internal
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6798 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
6800 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
6801 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6802 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6804 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
6805 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
6806 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
6808 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
6813 ui_out_emit_table
table_emitter (uiout
,
6814 opts
.addressprint
? 6 : 5,
6815 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6818 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6819 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6820 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6822 uiout
->table_header (7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6823 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6825 uiout
->table_header (print_type_col_width
, ui_left
, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6826 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6828 uiout
->table_header (4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6829 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6831 uiout
->table_header (3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6832 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6834 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6836 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
6837 uiout
->table_header (10, ui_left
, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6839 uiout
->table_header (18, ui_left
, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6841 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6843 uiout
->table_header (40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6844 uiout
->table_body ();
6845 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6846 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6848 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
6851 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6852 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6855 /* If we have a BP_NUM_LIST string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6856 accept. Skip the others. */
6858 if (bp_num_list
!= NULL
&& *bp_num_list
!= '\0')
6860 if (show_internal
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6862 if (parse_and_eval_long (bp_num_list
) != b
->number
)
6865 else /* all others */
6867 if (!number_is_in_list (bp_num_list
, b
->number
))
6871 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6872 show_internal is set. */
6873 if (show_internal
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6875 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, show_internal
);
6876 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
6877 if (loc
->disabled_by_cond
)
6878 has_disabled_by_cond_location
= true;
6883 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
6885 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6889 if (bp_num_list
== NULL
|| *bp_num_list
== '\0')
6890 uiout
->message ("No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6892 uiout
->message ("No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6898 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
6899 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
6901 if (has_disabled_by_cond_location
&& !uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6902 uiout
->message (_("(*): Breakpoint condition is invalid at this "
6906 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6907 there have been breakpoints? */
6908 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6910 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6913 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6914 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6917 default_collect_info (void)
6919 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6921 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6922 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6924 if (default_collect
.empty ())
6927 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6929 uiout
->text ("default collect ");
6930 uiout
->field_string ("default-collect", default_collect
);
6931 uiout
->text (" \n");
6935 info_breakpoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
6937 breakpoint_1 (args
, false, NULL
);
6939 default_collect_info ();
6943 info_watchpoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
6945 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, false, is_watchpoint
);
6946 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6948 if (num_printed
== 0)
6950 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6951 uiout
->message ("No watchpoints.\n");
6953 uiout
->message ("No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
6958 maintenance_info_breakpoints (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
6960 breakpoint_1 (args
, true, NULL
);
6962 default_collect_info ();
6966 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6967 struct program_space
*pspace
,
6968 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
6970 for (bp_location
*bl
: b
->locations ())
6972 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
6973 && bl
->address
== pc
6974 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
6980 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6983 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6984 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6985 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
6989 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
6990 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
6991 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
6996 gdb_printf (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6997 else /* if (others == ???) */
6998 gdb_printf (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6999 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
7000 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
7003 gdb_printf ("%d", b
->number
);
7004 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
7005 gdb_printf (" (all threads)");
7006 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
7007 gdb_printf (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
7008 gdb_printf ("%s%s ",
7009 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
7010 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
7014 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
7016 current_uiout
->message (_("also set at pc %ps.\n"),
7017 styled_string (address_style
.style (),
7018 paddress (gdbarch
, pc
)));
7023 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of LOC.
7024 For some breakpoint types, the locations' address members are
7025 irrelevant and it makes no sense to attempt to compare them to
7026 other addresses (or use them for any other purpose either).
7028 More specifically, software watchpoints and catchpoints that are
7029 not backed by breakpoints always have a zero valued location
7030 address and we don't want to mark breakpoints of any of these types
7031 to be a duplicate of an actual breakpoint location at address
7035 bl_address_is_meaningful (bp_location
*loc
)
7037 return loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_other
;
7040 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
7041 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
7044 watchpoint_locations_match (const struct bp_location
*loc1
,
7045 const struct bp_location
*loc2
)
7047 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
7048 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
7050 /* Both of them must exist. */
7051 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
7052 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
7054 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
7055 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
7056 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
7057 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
7058 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
7059 other watchpoint. */
7061 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
7063 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
7064 w1
->cond_exp
.get ()))
7066 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
7068 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
7069 w2
->cond_exp
.get ())))
7072 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
7073 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
7074 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
7075 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
7076 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
7077 become hw_access locations later. */
7078 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
7079 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
7080 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
7081 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
7084 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7087 breakpoint_address_match (const address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
7088 const address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
7090 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7091 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
7095 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
7096 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
7097 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
7098 space doesn't really matter. */
7101 breakpoint_address_match_range (const address_space
*aspace1
,
7103 int len1
, const address_space
*aspace2
,
7106 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7107 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
7108 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
7111 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
7112 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
7113 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
7114 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
7117 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
7118 const address_space
*aspace
,
7121 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
7124 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
7125 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
7129 /* Returns true if the [ADDR,ADDR+LEN) range in ASPACE overlaps
7130 breakpoint BL. BL may be a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a
7131 match happens only if ASPACE matches the breakpoint's address
7132 space. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address space
7133 doesn't really matter. */
7136 breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*bl
,
7137 const address_space
*aspace
,
7138 CORE_ADDR addr
, int len
)
7140 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7141 || bl
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
)
7143 int bl_len
= bl
->length
!= 0 ? bl
->length
: 1;
7145 if (mem_ranges_overlap (addr
, len
, bl
->address
, bl_len
))
7151 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
7152 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
7153 true, otherwise returns false. */
7156 tracepoint_locations_match (const struct bp_location
*loc1
,
7157 const struct bp_location
*loc2
)
7159 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
7160 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
7161 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
7162 different locations. */
7163 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
7168 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
7169 (bl_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent
7170 the same location. If SW_HW_BPS_MATCH is true, then software
7171 breakpoint locations and hardware breakpoint locations match,
7172 otherwise they don't. */
7175 breakpoint_locations_match (const struct bp_location
*loc1
,
7176 const struct bp_location
*loc2
,
7177 bool sw_hw_bps_match
)
7179 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
7181 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
7182 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
7183 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
7185 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
7186 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
7188 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
7191 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
7192 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
7193 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
7195 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged
7196 breakpoints. Keep this in sync with
7197 bp_location_is_less_than. */
7198 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
7199 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
7200 && (loc1
->loc_type
== loc2
->loc_type
|| sw_hw_bps_match
)
7201 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
7205 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
7206 int bnum
, bool have_bnum
)
7208 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
7209 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
7213 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
7214 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
7216 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
7217 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
7219 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
7222 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
7223 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
7224 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
7225 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
7228 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7229 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
,
7230 struct program_space
*pspace
)
7232 gdb_assert (pspace
!= nullptr);
7234 if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
7235 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
7236 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
7237 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
7238 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
7240 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
7241 have their addresses modified. */
7244 else if (bptype
== bp_single_step
)
7246 /* Single-step breakpoints should not have their addresses
7247 modified. If there's any architectural constrain that
7248 applies to this address, then it should have already been
7249 taken into account when the breakpoint was created in the
7250 first place. If we didn't do this, stepping through e.g.,
7251 Thumb-2 IT blocks would break. */
7256 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
= bpaddr
;
7258 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
7259 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
7260 if (gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
7262 /* Targets that implement this adjustment function will likely
7263 inspect either the symbol table, target memory at BPADDR, or
7264 even state registers, so ensure a suitable thread (and its
7265 associated program space) are currently selected. */
7266 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
7267 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (pspace
);
7269 = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
7272 adjusted_bpaddr
= address_significant (gdbarch
, adjusted_bpaddr
);
7274 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
7275 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
7277 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
7278 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, false);
7280 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
7285 bp_location_from_bp_type (bptype type
)
7290 case bp_single_step
:
7294 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
7295 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
7297 case bp_exception_resume
:
7298 case bp_step_resume
:
7299 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
7300 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
7302 case bp_std_terminate
:
7303 case bp_shlib_event
:
7304 case bp_thread_event
:
7305 case bp_overlay_event
:
7307 case bp_longjmp_master
:
7308 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
7309 case bp_exception_master
:
7310 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
7311 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
7313 return bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
7314 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
7315 return bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
7316 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
7317 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
7318 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
7319 return bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
7321 return bp_loc_software_watchpoint
;
7324 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
7325 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
7326 case bp_static_marker_tracepoint
:
7327 return bp_loc_other
;
7329 internal_error (_("unknown breakpoint type"));
7333 bp_location::bp_location (breakpoint
*owner
, bp_loc_type type
)
7335 this->owner
= owner
;
7336 this->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
7337 this->shlib_disabled
= 0;
7339 this->disabled_by_cond
= false;
7341 this->loc_type
= type
;
7343 if (this->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
7344 || this->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
7345 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (this);
7350 bp_location::bp_location (breakpoint
*owner
)
7351 : bp_location::bp_location (owner
,
7352 bp_location_from_bp_type (owner
->type
))
7356 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7357 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7360 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
7362 bp_location_ref_policy::decref (*blp
);
7366 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7369 add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> &&b
)
7371 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
7372 struct breakpoint
*result
= b
.get ();
7374 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7375 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7377 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
7379 breakpoint_chain
= b
.release ();
7384 b1
->next
= b
.release ();
7390 /* Initialize loc->function_name. */
7393 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
)
7395 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
7397 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7398 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
7399 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
7401 const char *function_name
;
7403 if (loc
->msymbol
!= NULL
7404 && (loc
->msymbol
->type () == mst_text_gnu_ifunc
7405 || loc
->msymbol
->type () == mst_data_gnu_ifunc
))
7407 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7409 function_name
= loc
->msymbol
->linkage_name ();
7411 if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
7412 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
7414 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7415 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7416 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
7417 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7419 loc
->related_address
= loc
->address
;
7423 find_pc_partial_function (loc
->address
, &function_name
, NULL
, NULL
);
7426 loc
->function_name
= make_unique_xstrdup (function_name
);
7430 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7432 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
7435 return sal
.section
->objfile
->arch ();
7437 return sal
.symtab
->compunit ()->objfile ()->arch ();
7442 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7443 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7444 initiated the operation. */
7447 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
7449 int thread
= tp
->global_num
;
7451 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7452 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7453 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7454 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7455 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
7456 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7457 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
7458 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
7460 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
7461 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7462 after their removal. */
7463 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
, 1, thread
);
7466 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
7469 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7471 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
7473 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
7474 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7476 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7477 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7482 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread
)
7484 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
7485 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7487 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7488 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7492 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7493 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7494 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7498 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7500 breakpoint
*retval
= nullptr;
7502 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
7503 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
&& b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
7505 int thread
= inferior_thread ()->global_num
;
7507 = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_longjmp_call_dummy
,
7510 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7512 gdb_assert (new_b
->related_breakpoint
== new_b
);
7515 new_b
->related_breakpoint
= retval
;
7516 while (retval
->related_breakpoint
!= new_b
->related_breakpoint
)
7517 retval
= retval
->related_breakpoint
;
7518 retval
->related_breakpoint
= new_b
;
7524 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7525 TP. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7528 If the unwind fails then there is not sufficient information to discard
7529 dummy frames. In this case, elide the clean up and the dummy frames will
7530 be cleaned up next time this function is called from a location where
7531 unwinding is possible. */
7534 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (struct thread_info
*tp
)
7536 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7538 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7539 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
&& b
->thread
== tp
->global_num
)
7541 struct breakpoint
*dummy_b
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
7543 /* Find the bp_call_dummy breakpoint in the list of breakpoints
7544 chained off b->related_breakpoint. */
7545 while (dummy_b
!= b
&& dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
)
7546 dummy_b
= dummy_b
->related_breakpoint
;
7548 /* If there was no bp_call_dummy breakpoint then there's nothing
7549 more to do. Or, if the dummy frame associated with the
7550 bp_call_dummy is still on the stack then we need to leave this
7551 bp_call_dummy in place. */
7552 if (dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
7553 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b
->frame_id
) != NULL
)
7556 /* We didn't find the dummy frame on the stack, this could be
7557 because we have longjmp'd to a stack frame that is previous to
7558 the dummy frame, or it could be because the stack unwind is
7559 broken at some point between the longjmp frame and the dummy
7562 Next we figure out why the stack unwind stopped. If it looks
7563 like the unwind is complete then we assume the dummy frame has
7564 been jumped over, however, if the unwind stopped for an
7565 unexpected reason then we assume the stack unwind is currently
7566 broken, and that we will (eventually) return to the dummy
7569 It might be tempting to consider using frame_id_inner here, but
7570 that is not safe. There is no guarantee that the stack frames
7571 we are looking at here are even on the same stack as the
7572 original dummy frame, hence frame_id_inner can't be used. See
7573 the comments on frame_id_inner for more details. */
7574 bool unwind_finished_unexpectedly
= false;
7575 for (frame_info_ptr fi
= get_current_frame (); fi
!= nullptr; )
7577 frame_info_ptr prev
= get_prev_frame (fi
);
7578 if (prev
== nullptr)
7580 /* FI is the last stack frame. Why did this frame not
7582 auto stop_reason
= get_frame_unwind_stop_reason (fi
);
7583 if (stop_reason
!= UNWIND_NO_REASON
7584 && stop_reason
!= UNWIND_OUTERMOST
)
7585 unwind_finished_unexpectedly
= true;
7589 if (unwind_finished_unexpectedly
)
7592 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b
->frame_id
, tp
);
7594 while (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
7596 if (b_tmp
== b
->related_breakpoint
)
7597 b_tmp
= b
->related_breakpoint
->next
;
7598 delete_breakpoint (b
->related_breakpoint
);
7600 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7605 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7607 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
7608 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7610 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7611 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7612 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
7617 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7619 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
7620 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7622 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
7623 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
7624 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
7628 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7629 master breakpoint. */
7631 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7633 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
7634 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7635 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
7637 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
, 1,
7638 inferior_thread ()->global_num
);
7642 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7644 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7646 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
7647 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
7648 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7652 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7654 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7656 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
);
7658 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7659 /* locspec has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7660 b
->locspec
= new_address_location_spec (b
->loc
->address
, NULL
, 0);
7662 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7667 struct lang_and_radix
7673 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7676 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7678 return create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
);
7681 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7684 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7686 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
7687 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7688 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7689 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7693 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7695 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
7696 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7697 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7698 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7701 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7704 remove_solib_event_breakpoints_at_next_stop (void)
7706 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
7707 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7708 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7709 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7712 /* Helper for create_solib_event_breakpoint /
7713 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint. Allows specifying which
7714 INSERT_MODE to pass through to update_global_location_list. */
7716 static struct breakpoint
*
7717 create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
,
7718 enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
7720 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7722 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
);
7723 update_global_location_list_nothrow (insert_mode
);
7728 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7730 return create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7733 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7736 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7738 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7740 /* Explicitly tell update_global_location_list to insert
7742 b
= create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_INSERT
);
7743 if (!b
->loc
->inserted
)
7745 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7751 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7752 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7755 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7757 for (bp_location
*loc
: all_bp_locations ())
7759 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7760 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7762 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7763 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7764 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7765 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7766 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7767 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
7768 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
7769 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7770 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
7771 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
7772 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7773 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
7776 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7781 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7782 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7783 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7786 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
7788 bool disabled_shlib_breaks
= false;
7790 for (bp_location
*loc
: all_bp_locations ())
7792 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7793 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7795 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
7796 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7797 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7798 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7799 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7800 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7801 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
7802 || is_tracepoint (b
))
7803 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
7805 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7806 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7807 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7808 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7811 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7812 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
7814 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
7816 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
7817 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7818 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7821 disabled_shlib_breaks
= true;
7826 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7827 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7828 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7831 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
7833 if (objfile
== NULL
)
7836 /* OBJF_SHARED|OBJF_USERLOADED objfiles are dynamic modules manually
7837 managed by the user with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file.
7838 Similarly to how breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in
7839 response to "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in such modules
7840 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
7841 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
7842 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
7843 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
7844 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
7845 OBJF_SHARED as those aren't considered dynamic objects (e.g. the
7847 if ((objfile
->flags
& OBJF_SHARED
) == 0
7848 || (objfile
->flags
& OBJF_USERLOADED
) == 0)
7851 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
7853 bool bp_modified
= false;
7855 if (!is_breakpoint (b
) && !is_tracepoint (b
))
7858 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
7860 CORE_ADDR loc_addr
= loc
->address
;
7862 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7863 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7866 if (loc
->shlib_disabled
!= 0)
7869 if (objfile
->pspace
!= loc
->pspace
)
7872 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7873 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7876 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr
, objfile
))
7878 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7879 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
7880 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
7881 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
7882 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
7885 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7892 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
7896 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7898 breakpoint::breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch_
, enum bptype bptype
,
7899 bool temp
, const char *cond_string_
)
7901 disposition (temp
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
),
7903 language (current_language
->la_language
),
7904 input_radix (::input_radix
),
7905 cond_string (cond_string_
!= nullptr
7906 ? make_unique_xstrdup (cond_string_
)
7908 related_breakpoint (this)
7912 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7914 catchpoint::catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, bool temp
,
7915 const char *cond_string
)
7916 : breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_catchpoint
, temp
, cond_string
)
7918 add_dummy_location (this, current_program_space
);
7920 pspace
= current_program_space
;
7924 install_breakpoint (int internal
, std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> &&arg
, int update_gll
)
7926 breakpoint
*b
= add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (arg
));
7927 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
7928 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
7929 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
7932 gdb::observers::breakpoint_created
.notify (b
);
7935 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7939 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
7943 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
7944 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
7945 for (bp_location
*bl
: b
->locations ())
7947 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
7949 i
+= b
->resources_needed (bl
);
7955 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
7959 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7963 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
7966 for (bp_location
*bl
: b
->locations ())
7968 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
7970 i
+= b
->resources_needed (bl
);
7976 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
7977 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
7978 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
7979 types _not_ TYPE. */
7982 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
7983 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
7987 *other_type_used
= 0;
7988 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
7992 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
7995 if (b
->type
== type
)
7996 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
7997 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
7998 *other_type_used
= 1;
8005 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8007 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
8008 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8010 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
8011 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8016 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8018 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
8019 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
8021 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8022 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8027 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8029 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
8030 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8034 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8036 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
8037 breakpoint_re_set ();
8040 /* Allocate a new momentary breakpoint. */
8042 template<typename
... Arg
>
8043 static momentary_breakpoint
*
8044 new_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, enum bptype type
,
8047 if (type
== bp_longjmp
|| type
== bp_exception
)
8048 return new longjmp_breakpoint (gdbarch
, type
,
8049 std::forward
<Arg
> (args
)...);
8051 return new momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, type
,
8052 std::forward
<Arg
> (args
)...);
8055 /* Set a momentary breakpoint of type TYPE at address specified by
8056 SAL. If FRAME_ID is valid, the breakpoint is restricted to that
8060 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
8061 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
8063 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8065 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id
));
8067 std::unique_ptr
<momentary_breakpoint
> b
8068 (new_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, type
, sal
.pspace
, frame_id
,
8069 inferior_thread ()->global_num
));
8071 b
->add_location (sal
);
8073 breakpoint_up
bp (add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
)));
8075 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8080 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8081 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, use OPS as its
8082 breakpoint_ops, and will set enabled to LOC_ENABLED. */
8084 static struct breakpoint
*
8085 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
8090 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> copy
8091 (new_momentary_breakpoint (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, orig
->pspace
,
8092 orig
->frame_id
, thread
));
8093 copy
->loc
= copy
->allocate_location ();
8094 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
);
8096 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
8097 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
8098 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
8099 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
8100 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
8101 copy
->loc
->probe
= orig
->loc
->probe
;
8102 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
8103 copy
->loc
->symtab
= orig
->loc
->symtab
;
8104 copy
->loc
->enabled
= loc_enabled
;
8106 breakpoint
*b
= add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (copy
));
8107 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8111 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8115 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
8117 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8121 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, 0,
8126 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
8129 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8131 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
8133 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
8134 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
8136 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
8140 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8143 mention (const breakpoint
*b
)
8145 b
->print_mention ();
8146 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
8150 static bool bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
);
8152 /* Handle "set breakpoint auto-hw on".
8154 If the explicitly specified breakpoint type is not hardware
8155 breakpoint, check the memory map to see whether the breakpoint
8156 address is in read-only memory.
8158 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory is read-only.
8159 We change the type of the location to hardware breakpoint.
8161 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is read-write. This
8162 means we've previously made the location hardware one, but then the
8163 memory map changed, so we undo.
8167 handle_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (bp_location
*bl
)
8169 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
8170 && bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
8171 && (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
8172 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
))
8174 /* When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
8175 location types we've just set here, the only possible problem
8176 is that memory map has changed during running program, but
8177 it's not going to work anyway with current gdb. */
8178 mem_region
*mr
= lookup_mem_region (bl
->address
);
8182 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
8184 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
8185 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
8187 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
8189 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
8191 static bool said
= false;
8193 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
8196 gdb_printf (_("Note: automatically using "
8197 "hardware breakpoints for "
8198 "read-only addresses.\n"));
8207 code_breakpoint::add_location (const symtab_and_line
&sal
)
8209 struct bp_location
*new_loc
, **tmp
;
8210 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
8211 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
8213 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
8214 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
8216 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8217 Once we call allocate_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8218 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8219 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8220 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8221 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8222 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
8226 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
8227 new_loc
= allocate_location ();
8228 for (tmp
= &(loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
&& (*tmp
)->address
<= adjusted_address
;
8229 tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
8231 new_loc
->next
= *tmp
;
8234 new_loc
->requested_address
= sal
.pc
;
8235 new_loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
8236 new_loc
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
8237 new_loc
->probe
.prob
= sal
.prob
;
8238 new_loc
->probe
.objfile
= sal
.objfile
;
8239 gdb_assert (new_loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
8240 new_loc
->section
= sal
.section
;
8241 new_loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
8242 new_loc
->line_number
= sal
.line
;
8243 new_loc
->symtab
= sal
.symtab
;
8244 new_loc
->symbol
= sal
.symbol
;
8245 new_loc
->msymbol
= sal
.msymbol
;
8246 new_loc
->objfile
= sal
.objfile
;
8248 set_breakpoint_location_function (new_loc
);
8250 /* While by definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
8251 code, we don't mark the location as inserted. Normally one would expect
8252 that GDB could rely on that breakpoint instruction to stop the program,
8253 thus removing the need to insert its own breakpoint, except that executing
8254 the breakpoint instruction can kill the target instead of reporting a
8255 SIGTRAP. E.g., on SPARC, when interrupts are disabled, executing the
8256 instruction resets the CPU, so QEMU 2.0.0 for SPARC correspondingly dies
8257 with "Trap 0x02 while interrupts disabled, Error state". Letting the
8258 breakpoint be inserted normally results in QEMU knowing about the GDB
8259 breakpoint, and thus trap before the breakpoint instruction is executed.
8260 (If GDB later needs to continue execution past the permanent breakpoint,
8261 it manually increments the PC, thus avoiding executing the breakpoint
8263 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (new_loc
))
8264 new_loc
->permanent
= 1;
8270 /* Return true if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8271 return false otherwise. */
8274 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
8276 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
8278 /* If we have a non-breakpoint-backed catchpoint or a software
8279 watchpoint, just return 0. We should not attempt to read from
8280 the addresses the locations of these breakpoint types point to.
8281 gdbarch_program_breakpoint_here_p, below, will attempt to read
8283 if (!bl_address_is_meaningful (loc
))
8286 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
8287 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
8288 return gdbarch_program_breakpoint_here_p (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
8291 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
8292 settings of the dprintf style options. */
8295 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8297 const char *dprintf_args
= b
->extra_string
.get ();
8298 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> printf_line
= nullptr;
8303 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8305 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
8307 if (*dprintf_args
== ',')
8309 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8311 if (*dprintf_args
!= '"')
8312 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
8314 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_gdb
) == 0)
8315 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8316 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_call
) == 0)
8318 if (dprintf_function
.empty ())
8319 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
8321 if (!dprintf_channel
.empty ())
8322 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
8323 dprintf_function
.c_str (),
8324 dprintf_channel
.c_str (),
8327 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
8328 dprintf_function
.c_str (),
8331 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) == 0)
8333 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
8334 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8337 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
8338 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8342 internal_error (_("Invalid dprintf style."));
8344 gdb_assert (printf_line
!= NULL
);
8346 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
8347 struct command_line
*printf_cmd_line
8348 = new struct command_line (simple_control
, printf_line
.release ());
8349 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, counted_command_line (printf_cmd_line
,
8350 command_lines_deleter ()));
8353 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
8354 current style settings. */
8357 update_dprintf_commands (const char *args
, int from_tty
,
8358 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
8360 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
8361 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
8362 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
8365 code_breakpoint::code_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch_
,
8367 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
8368 location_spec_up
&&locspec_
,
8369 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter_
,
8370 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string_
,
8371 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string_
,
8372 enum bpdisp disposition_
,
8373 int thread_
, int task_
, int ignore_count_
,
8375 int enabled_
, unsigned flags
,
8376 int display_canonical_
)
8377 : breakpoint (gdbarch_
, type_
)
8381 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
8383 int target_resources_ok
;
8385 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8386 target_resources_ok
=
8387 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
8389 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
8390 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
8391 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
8392 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8395 gdb_assert (!sals
.empty ());
8400 cond_string
= std::move (cond_string_
);
8401 extra_string
= std::move (extra_string_
);
8402 ignore_count
= ignore_count_
;
8403 enable_state
= enabled_
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8404 disposition
= disposition_
;
8406 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
8407 || type
== bp_static_marker_tracepoint
)
8409 auto *t
= gdb::checked_static_cast
<struct tracepoint
*> (this);
8410 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
8412 if (strace_marker_p (this))
8414 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we wouldn't
8415 see a sal for it. */
8416 const char *p
= &locspec_
->to_string ()[3];
8419 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
8421 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
8423 t
->static_trace_marker_id
.assign (p
, endp
- p
);
8425 gdb_printf (_("Probed static tracepoint marker \"%s\"\n"),
8426 t
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
8428 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sals
[0].pc
, &marker
))
8430 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= std::move (marker
.str_id
);
8432 gdb_printf (_("Probed static tracepoint marker \"%s\"\n"),
8433 t
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
8436 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static tracepoint marker to probe"));
8439 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
8443 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
8444 if (loc_gdbarch
== nullptr)
8445 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
8447 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
8448 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
8451 bp_location
*new_loc
= add_location (sal
);
8452 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
8453 new_loc
->inserted
= 1;
8455 /* Do not set breakpoint locations conditions yet. As locations
8456 are inserted, they get sorted based on their addresses. Let
8457 the list stabilize to have reliable location numbers. */
8459 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
8460 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
8461 if (type
== bp_dprintf
)
8463 if (extra_string
!= nullptr)
8464 update_dprintf_command_list (this);
8466 error (_("Format string required"));
8468 else if (extra_string
!= nullptr)
8469 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), extra_string
.get ());
8472 /* The order of the locations is now stable. Set the location
8473 condition using the location's number. */
8475 for (bp_location
*bl
: locations ())
8477 if (cond_string
!= nullptr)
8478 set_breakpoint_location_condition (cond_string
.get (), bl
,
8484 display_canonical
= display_canonical_
;
8485 if (locspec_
!= nullptr)
8486 locspec
= std::move (locspec_
);
8488 locspec
= new_address_location_spec (this->loc
->address
, NULL
, 0);
8489 filter
= std::move (filter_
);
8493 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8494 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
8495 location_spec_up
&&locspec
,
8496 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter
,
8497 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
8498 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
8499 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
8500 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
8502 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
8503 int display_canonical
)
8505 std::unique_ptr
<code_breakpoint
> b
8506 = new_breakpoint_from_type (gdbarch
,
8509 std::move (locspec
),
8511 std::move (cond_string
),
8512 std::move (extra_string
),
8514 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
8519 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (b
), 0);
8522 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
8523 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
8524 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
8525 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
8526 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
8527 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
8528 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
8529 we take just a single condition string.
8531 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
8532 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
8533 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
8534 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
8535 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
8538 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8539 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
8540 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
8541 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
8542 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
8543 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
8545 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
)
8547 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
8548 gdb_assert (canonical
->lsals
.size () == 1);
8550 for (const auto &lsal
: canonical
->lsals
)
8552 /* Note that 'location' can be NULL in the case of a plain
8553 'break', without arguments. */
8554 location_spec_up locspec
8555 = (canonical
->locspec
!= nullptr
8556 ? canonical
->locspec
->clone ()
8558 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter_string
8559 (lsal
.canonical
!= NULL
? xstrdup (lsal
.canonical
) : NULL
);
8561 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
,
8562 std::move (locspec
),
8563 std::move (filter_string
),
8564 std::move (cond_string
),
8565 std::move (extra_string
),
8567 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
8568 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
8569 canonical
->special_display
);
8573 /* Parse LOCSPEC which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
8574 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
8575 addresses found. LOCSPEC points to the end of the SAL (for
8578 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
8579 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
8582 parse_breakpoint_sals (location_spec
*locspec
,
8583 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
8585 struct symtab_and_line cursal
;
8587 if (locspec
->type () == LINESPEC_LOCATION_SPEC
)
8589 const char *spec
= as_linespec_location_spec (locspec
)->spec_string
;
8593 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default
8594 breakpoint address. */
8595 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
8597 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
8598 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
8599 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
8600 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
8601 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
8602 symtab_and_line sal
= get_last_displayed_sal ();
8603 CORE_ADDR pc
= sal
.pc
;
8605 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
8607 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
8608 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
8609 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
8610 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
8611 instances with the same symtab and line. */
8613 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
8615 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
8617 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
8619 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
8623 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
8627 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
8628 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
8629 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
8630 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
8632 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
8633 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
8634 cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
8635 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
8637 const char *spec
= NULL
;
8639 if (locspec
->type () == LINESPEC_LOCATION_SPEC
)
8640 spec
= as_linespec_location_spec (locspec
)->spec_string
;
8644 && strchr ("+-", spec
[0]) != NULL
8647 decode_line_full (locspec
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
8648 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
8649 get_last_displayed_line (),
8650 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
8655 decode_line_full (locspec
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
8656 cursal
.symtab
, cursal
.line
, canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
8660 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
8661 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
8664 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> &sals
)
8666 for (auto &sal
: sals
)
8667 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
8670 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
8671 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
8672 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
8673 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
8674 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
8678 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8679 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
)
8681 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
8683 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
8685 sarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
8686 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
8687 associated with SAL. */
8691 if (!gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
.pc
, &msg
))
8692 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at %s%s"),
8693 paddress (sarch
, sal
.pc
), msg
.c_str ());
8697 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
8698 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
8699 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
8700 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
8701 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
8702 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
8705 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
8706 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> *cond_string
,
8707 int *thread
, int *task
,
8708 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> *rest
)
8710 cond_string
->reset ();
8718 const char *end_tok
;
8720 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
8721 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
8723 tok
= skip_spaces (tok
);
8725 if ((*tok
== '"' || *tok
== ',') && rest
)
8727 rest
->reset (savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
)));
8731 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
8733 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
8735 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
8737 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
8740 parse_exp_1 (&tok
, pc
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
8742 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&)
8747 tok
= tok
+ strlen (tok
);
8750 cond_string
->reset (savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
));
8752 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "-force-condition", toklen
) == 0)
8757 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
8760 struct thread_info
*thr
;
8763 thr
= parse_thread_id (tok
, &tmptok
);
8765 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
8766 *thread
= thr
->global_num
;
8769 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
8774 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
8776 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
8777 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
8778 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
8783 rest
->reset (savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
)));
8787 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
8791 /* Call 'find_condition_and_thread' for each sal in SALS until a parse
8792 succeeds. The parsed values are written to COND_STRING, THREAD,
8793 TASK, and REST. See the comment of 'find_condition_and_thread'
8794 for the description of these parameters and INPUT. */
8797 find_condition_and_thread_for_sals (const std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> &sals
,
8799 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> *cond_string
,
8800 int *thread
, int *task
,
8801 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> *rest
)
8803 int num_failures
= 0;
8804 for (auto &sal
: sals
)
8806 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond
;
8809 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> remaining
;
8811 /* Here we want to parse 'arg' to separate condition from thread
8812 number. But because parsing happens in a context and the
8813 contexts of sals might be different, try each until there is
8814 success. Finding one successful parse is sufficient for our
8815 goal. When setting the breakpoint we'll re-parse the
8816 condition in the context of each sal. */
8819 find_condition_and_thread (input
, sal
.pc
, &cond
, &thread_id
,
8820 &task_id
, &remaining
);
8821 *cond_string
= std::move (cond
);
8822 *thread
= thread_id
;
8824 *rest
= std::move (remaining
);
8827 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
8830 /* If no sal remains, do not continue. */
8831 if (num_failures
== sals
.size ())
8837 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
8839 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
8840 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (const char **arg_p
)
8842 const char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
8845 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
8847 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
8849 std::string
marker_str (p
, endp
- p
);
8851 std::vector
<static_tracepoint_marker
> markers
8852 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
.c_str ());
8853 if (markers
.empty ())
8854 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"),
8855 marker_str
.c_str ());
8857 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
8858 sals
.reserve (markers
.size ());
8860 for (const static_tracepoint_marker
&marker
: markers
)
8862 symtab_and_line sal
= find_pc_line (marker
.address
, 0);
8863 sal
.pc
= marker
.address
;
8864 sals
.push_back (sal
);
8871 /* Returns the breakpoint ops appropriate for use with with LOCATION_TYPE and
8872 according to IS_TRACEPOINT. */
8874 static const struct breakpoint_ops
*
8875 breakpoint_ops_for_location_spec_type (enum location_spec_type locspec_type
,
8880 if (locspec_type
== PROBE_LOCATION_SPEC
)
8881 return &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
8883 return &code_breakpoint_ops
;
8887 if (locspec_type
== PROBE_LOCATION_SPEC
)
8888 return &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
8890 return &code_breakpoint_ops
;
8894 /* See breakpoint.h. */
8896 const struct breakpoint_ops
*
8897 breakpoint_ops_for_location_spec (const location_spec
*locspec
,
8900 if (locspec
!= nullptr)
8901 return (breakpoint_ops_for_location_spec_type
8902 (locspec
->type (), is_tracepoint
));
8903 return &code_breakpoint_ops
;
8906 /* See breakpoint.h. */
8909 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8910 location_spec
*locspec
,
8911 const char *cond_string
,
8912 int thread
, const char *extra_string
,
8913 bool force_condition
, int parse_extra
,
8914 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
8916 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
8917 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
8918 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
,
8921 struct linespec_result canonical
;
8922 bool pending
= false;
8924 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
8926 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
8928 /* If extra_string isn't useful, set it to NULL. */
8929 if (extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
== '\0')
8930 extra_string
= NULL
;
8934 ops
->create_sals_from_location_spec (locspec
, &canonical
);
8936 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
8938 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set
8940 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
8942 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
8945 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
8948 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
8950 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
8951 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
8952 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
8953 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
8954 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
8957 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
8958 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
8959 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
8960 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
8967 if (!pending
&& canonical
.lsals
.empty ())
8970 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
8971 are ok for the target. */
8974 for (auto &lsal
: canonical
.lsals
)
8975 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (lsal
.sals
);
8978 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
8979 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
8981 for (const auto &lsal
: canonical
.lsals
)
8982 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
);
8985 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
8986 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
8990 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string_copy
;
8991 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string_copy
;
8995 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> rest
;
8996 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond
;
8998 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
.lsals
[0];
9000 find_condition_and_thread_for_sals (lsal
.sals
, extra_string
,
9001 &cond
, &thread
, &task
, &rest
);
9002 cond_string_copy
= std::move (cond
);
9003 extra_string_copy
= std::move (rest
);
9007 if (type_wanted
!= bp_dprintf
9008 && extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
!= '\0')
9009 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), extra_string
);
9011 /* Check the validity of the condition. We should error out
9012 if the condition is invalid at all of the locations and
9013 if it is not forced. In the PARSE_EXTRA case above, this
9014 check is done when parsing the EXTRA_STRING. */
9015 if (cond_string
!= nullptr && !force_condition
)
9017 int num_failures
= 0;
9018 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
.lsals
[0];
9019 for (const auto &sal
: lsal
.sals
)
9021 const char *cond
= cond_string
;
9024 parse_exp_1 (&cond
, sal
.pc
, block_for_pc (sal
.pc
), 0);
9025 /* One success is sufficient to keep going. */
9028 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&)
9031 /* If this is the last sal, error out. */
9032 if (num_failures
== lsal
.sals
.size ())
9038 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9040 cond_string_copy
.reset (xstrdup (cond_string
));
9041 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9043 extra_string_copy
.reset (xstrdup (extra_string
));
9046 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
,
9047 std::move (cond_string_copy
),
9048 std::move (extra_string_copy
),
9050 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
9051 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
9052 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
);
9056 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (gdbarch
,
9058 b
->locspec
= locspec
->clone ();
9061 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
9064 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9065 b
->cond_string
.reset (cond_string
!= NULL
9066 ? xstrdup (cond_string
)
9071 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9072 b
->extra_string
.reset (extra_string
!= NULL
9073 ? xstrdup (extra_string
)
9075 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9076 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
9077 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
9078 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9079 if ((type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
9080 && type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
) || thread
!= -1)
9081 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9083 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (b
), 0);
9086 if (canonical
.lsals
.size () > 1)
9088 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9089 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9090 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
9093 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
9098 /* Set a breakpoint.
9099 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9100 condition, and thread.
9101 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9102 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9106 break_command_1 (const char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
9108 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
9109 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9110 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9113 location_spec_up locspec
= string_to_location_spec (&arg
, current_language
);
9114 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
9115 = breakpoint_ops_for_location_spec (locspec
.get (),
9116 false /* is_tracepoint */);
9118 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9120 NULL
, 0, arg
, false, 1 /* parse arg */,
9121 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
9122 0 /* Ignore count */,
9123 pending_break_support
,
9131 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9134 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
9138 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9140 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
9141 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9142 sal
->line
, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal
->symtab
));
9145 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9146 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9147 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
9148 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
9151 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9153 const struct blockvector
*bv
;
9154 const struct block
*b
;
9157 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
,
9158 sal
->symtab
->compunit ());
9161 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
9164 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, sal
->symtab
->compunit ()->objfile ());
9166 = sym
->obj_section (sal
->symtab
->compunit ()->objfile ());
9170 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9171 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9172 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9173 happen in assembly source). */
9175 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
9176 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
9178 bound_minimal_symbol msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
9180 sal
->section
= msym
.obj_section ();
9187 break_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9189 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9193 tbreak_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9195 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
9199 hbreak_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9201 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
9205 thbreak_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9207 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
9210 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9211 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9212 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9216 dprintf_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9218 location_spec_up locspec
= string_to_location_spec (&arg
, current_language
);
9220 /* If non-NULL, ARG should have been advanced past the location;
9221 the next character must be ','. */
9224 if (arg
[0] != ',' || arg
[1] == '\0')
9225 error (_("Format string required"));
9228 /* Skip the comma. */
9233 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9235 NULL
, 0, arg
, false, 1 /* parse arg */,
9237 0 /* Ignore count */,
9238 pending_break_support
,
9239 &code_breakpoint_ops
,
9247 agent_printf_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9249 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
9252 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" method for ranged breakpoints. */
9255 ranged_breakpoint::breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
9256 const address_space
*aspace
,
9258 const target_waitstatus
&ws
)
9260 if (ws
.kind () != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
9261 || ws
.sig () != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
9264 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
9265 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
9268 /* Implement the "resources_needed" method for ranged breakpoints. */
9271 ranged_breakpoint::resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
9273 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9276 /* Implement the "print_it" method for ranged breakpoints. */
9278 enum print_stop_action
9279 ranged_breakpoint::print_it (const bpstat
*bs
) const
9281 struct bp_location
*bl
= loc
;
9282 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9284 gdb_assert (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
9286 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9287 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
9289 annotate_breakpoint (number
);
9291 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
9293 if (disposition
== disp_del
)
9294 uiout
->text ("Temporary ranged breakpoint ");
9296 uiout
->text ("Ranged breakpoint ");
9297 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
9299 uiout
->field_string ("reason",
9300 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
9301 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (disposition
));
9303 print_num_locno (bs
, uiout
);
9306 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
9309 /* Implement the "print_one" method for ranged breakpoints. */
9312 ranged_breakpoint::print_one (bp_location
**last_loc
) const
9314 struct bp_location
*bl
= loc
;
9315 struct value_print_options opts
;
9316 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9318 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9319 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
9321 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
9323 if (opts
.addressprint
)
9324 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
9325 by ranged_breakpoint::print_one_detail. */
9326 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
9328 print_breakpoint_location (this, bl
);
9334 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" method for ranged breakpoints. */
9337 ranged_breakpoint::print_one_detail (struct ui_out
*uiout
) const
9339 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
9340 struct bp_location
*bl
= loc
;
9345 address_start
= bl
->address
;
9346 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
9348 uiout
->text ("\taddress range: ");
9349 stb
.printf ("[%s, %s]",
9350 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
9351 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
9352 uiout
->field_stream ("addr", stb
);
9356 /* Implement the "print_mention" method for ranged breakpoints. */
9359 ranged_breakpoint::print_mention () const
9361 struct bp_location
*bl
= loc
;
9362 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9365 gdb_assert (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
9367 uiout
->message (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
9368 number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
9369 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
9372 /* Implement the "print_recreate" method for ranged breakpoints. */
9375 ranged_breakpoint::print_recreate (struct ui_file
*fp
) const
9377 gdb_printf (fp
, "break-range %s, %s",
9378 locspec
->to_string (),
9379 locspec_range_end
->to_string ());
9380 print_recreate_thread (fp
);
9383 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
9384 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
9385 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
9386 last instruction of the given line. */
9389 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
9393 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
9394 find the address of the end of the given location. */
9395 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
9402 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
9404 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
9406 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
9413 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
9416 break_range_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9418 const char *arg_start
;
9419 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
9420 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
9423 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
9424 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
9425 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
9427 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9428 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9429 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9432 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9434 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9435 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
9436 error(_("No address range specified."));
9439 location_spec_up start_locspec
9440 = string_to_location_spec (&arg
, current_language
);
9441 parse_breakpoint_sals (start_locspec
.get (), &canonical_start
);
9444 error (_("Too few arguments."));
9445 else if (canonical_start
.lsals
.empty ())
9446 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
9448 const linespec_sals
&lsal_start
= canonical_start
.lsals
[0];
9450 if (canonical_start
.lsals
.size () > 1
9451 || lsal_start
.sals
.size () != 1)
9452 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
9454 const symtab_and_line
&sal_start
= lsal_start
.sals
[0];
9455 std::string
addr_string_start (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
9457 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
9458 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9460 /* Parse the end location specification. */
9464 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
9465 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start
9466 location spec's symtab and line as the default symtab and line
9467 for the end of the range. This makes it possible to have ranges
9468 like "foo.c:27, +14", where +14 means 14 lines from the start
9470 location_spec_up end_locspec
9471 = string_to_location_spec (&arg
, current_language
);
9472 decode_line_full (end_locspec
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9473 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
9474 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
9476 if (canonical_end
.lsals
.empty ())
9477 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
9479 const linespec_sals
&lsal_end
= canonical_end
.lsals
[0];
9480 if (canonical_end
.lsals
.size () > 1
9481 || lsal_end
.sals
.size () != 1)
9482 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
9484 const symtab_and_line
&sal_end
= lsal_end
.sals
[0];
9486 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
9487 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
9488 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
9490 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
9492 /* Length overflowed. */
9493 error (_("Address range too large."));
9494 else if (length
== 1)
9496 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
9497 the `hbreak' command. */
9498 hbreak_command (&addr_string_start
[0], 1);
9503 /* Now set up the breakpoint and install it. */
9505 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> br
9506 (new ranged_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9508 std::move (start_locspec
),
9509 std::move (end_locspec
)));
9511 install_breakpoint (false, std::move (br
), true);
9514 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
9515 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
9516 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
9520 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
9522 return exp
->op
->constant_p ();
9525 /* Implement the "re_set" method for watchpoints. */
9528 watchpoint::re_set ()
9530 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
9531 variables, or it can be on local variables.
9533 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
9534 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
9535 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
9536 are loaded and unloaded.
9538 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
9539 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
9540 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
9541 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
9542 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
9543 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
9545 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
9546 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
9547 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
9548 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
9550 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
9551 exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
9553 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
9554 reevaluated again when enabled. */
9555 update_watchpoint (this, true /* reparse */);
9558 /* Implement the "insert" method for hardware watchpoints. */
9561 watchpoint::insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
9563 int length
= exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
9565 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
9569 /* Implement the "remove" method for hardware watchpoints. */
9572 watchpoint::remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
9573 enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
9575 int length
= exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
9577 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
9582 watchpoint::breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
9583 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
9584 const target_waitstatus
&ws
)
9586 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
9588 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
9589 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
9590 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
9591 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
9592 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
9593 (did not match the data address). */
9594 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
9595 && watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
9602 watchpoint::check_status (bpstat
*bs
)
9604 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
9606 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
9609 /* Implement the "resources_needed" method for hardware
9613 watchpoint::resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
9615 int length
= exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
9617 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
9620 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" method for hardware
9624 watchpoint::works_in_software_mode () const
9626 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
9627 return type
== bp_watchpoint
|| type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
9630 enum print_stop_action
9631 watchpoint::print_it (const bpstat
*bs
) const
9633 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9634 enum print_stop_action result
;
9635 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9637 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
9639 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
9641 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
9642 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
9646 gdb::optional
<ui_out_emit_tuple
> tuple_emitter
;
9650 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
9651 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
9653 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
9655 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
9656 uiout
->text ("\nOld value = ");
9657 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
.get (), &stb
);
9658 uiout
->field_stream ("old", stb
);
9659 uiout
->text ("\nNew value = ");
9660 watchpoint_value_print (val
.get (), &stb
);
9661 uiout
->field_stream ("new", stb
);
9663 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
9664 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
9667 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
9668 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
9670 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
9672 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
9673 uiout
->text ("\nValue = ");
9674 watchpoint_value_print (val
.get (), &stb
);
9675 uiout
->field_stream ("value", stb
);
9677 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
9680 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
9681 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
9683 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
9686 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
9688 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
9689 uiout
->text ("\nOld value = ");
9690 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
.get (), &stb
);
9691 uiout
->field_stream ("old", stb
);
9692 uiout
->text ("\nNew value = ");
9697 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
9700 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
9701 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
9702 uiout
->text ("\nValue = ");
9704 watchpoint_value_print (val
.get (), &stb
);
9705 uiout
->field_stream ("new", stb
);
9707 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
9710 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
9716 /* Implement the "print_mention" method for hardware watchpoints. */
9719 watchpoint::print_mention () const
9721 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9722 const char *tuple_name
;
9727 uiout
->text ("Watchpoint ");
9730 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
9731 uiout
->text ("Hardware watchpoint ");
9734 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
9735 uiout
->text ("Hardware read watchpoint ");
9736 tuple_name
= "hw-rwpt";
9738 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
9739 uiout
->text ("Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
9740 tuple_name
= "hw-awpt";
9743 internal_error (_("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
9746 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, tuple_name
);
9747 uiout
->field_signed ("number", number
);
9749 uiout
->field_string ("exp", exp_string
.get ());
9752 /* Implement the "print_recreate" method for watchpoints. */
9755 watchpoint::print_recreate (struct ui_file
*fp
) const
9760 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
9761 gdb_printf (fp
, "watch");
9763 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
9764 gdb_printf (fp
, "rwatch");
9766 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
9767 gdb_printf (fp
, "awatch");
9770 internal_error (_("Invalid watchpoint type."));
9773 gdb_printf (fp
, " %s", exp_string
.get ());
9774 print_recreate_thread (fp
);
9777 /* Implement the "explains_signal" method for watchpoints. */
9780 watchpoint::explains_signal (enum gdb_signal sig
)
9782 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
9784 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
&& sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
9790 struct masked_watchpoint
: public watchpoint
9792 using watchpoint::watchpoint
;
9794 int insert_location (struct bp_location
*) override
;
9795 int remove_location (struct bp_location
*,
9796 enum remove_bp_reason reason
) override
;
9797 int resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*) override
;
9798 bool works_in_software_mode () const override
;
9799 enum print_stop_action
print_it (const bpstat
*bs
) const override
;
9800 void print_one_detail (struct ui_out
*) const override
;
9801 void print_mention () const override
;
9802 void print_recreate (struct ui_file
*fp
) const override
;
9805 /* Implement the "insert" method for masked hardware watchpoints. */
9808 masked_watchpoint::insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
9810 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, hw_wp_mask
,
9811 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
9814 /* Implement the "remove" method for masked hardware watchpoints. */
9817 masked_watchpoint::remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
9818 enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
9820 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, hw_wp_mask
,
9821 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
9824 /* Implement the "resources_needed" method for masked hardware
9828 masked_watchpoint::resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
9830 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, hw_wp_mask
);
9833 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" method for masked hardware
9837 masked_watchpoint::works_in_software_mode () const
9842 /* Implement the "print_it" method for masked hardware
9845 enum print_stop_action
9846 masked_watchpoint::print_it (const bpstat
*bs
) const
9848 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
9849 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9851 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
9852 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
9854 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
9855 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
9859 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
9860 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
9862 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
9865 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
9866 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
9868 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
9871 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
9872 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
9875 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
9878 internal_error (_("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
9883 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
9884 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
9887 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
9888 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
9891 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" method for masked hardware
9895 masked_watchpoint::print_one_detail (struct ui_out
*uiout
) const
9897 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
9898 gdb_assert (loc
&& loc
->next
== NULL
);
9900 uiout
->text ("\tmask ");
9901 uiout
->field_core_addr ("mask", loc
->gdbarch
, hw_wp_mask
);
9905 /* Implement the "print_mention" method for masked hardware
9909 masked_watchpoint::print_mention () const
9911 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9912 const char *tuple_name
;
9916 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
9917 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware watchpoint ");
9920 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
9921 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
9922 tuple_name
= "hw-rwpt";
9924 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
9925 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
9926 tuple_name
= "hw-awpt";
9929 internal_error (_("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
9932 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, tuple_name
);
9933 uiout
->field_signed ("number", number
);
9935 uiout
->field_string ("exp", exp_string
.get ());
9938 /* Implement the "print_recreate" method for masked hardware
9942 masked_watchpoint::print_recreate (struct ui_file
*fp
) const
9946 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
9947 gdb_printf (fp
, "watch");
9949 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
9950 gdb_printf (fp
, "rwatch");
9952 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
9953 gdb_printf (fp
, "awatch");
9956 internal_error (_("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
9959 gdb_printf (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", exp_string
.get (),
9960 phex (hw_wp_mask
, sizeof (CORE_ADDR
)));
9961 print_recreate_thread (fp
);
9964 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
9967 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
9969 return dynamic_cast<const masked_watchpoint
*> (b
) != nullptr;
9972 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
9973 hw_read: watch read,
9974 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
9976 watch_command_1 (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
9977 bool just_location
, bool internal
)
9979 struct breakpoint
*scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
9980 const struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
9981 struct value
*result
;
9982 int saved_bitpos
= 0, saved_bitsize
= 0;
9983 const char *exp_start
= NULL
;
9984 const char *exp_end
= NULL
;
9985 const char *tok
, *end_tok
;
9987 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
9988 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
9989 enum bptype bp_type
;
9991 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
9992 the hardware watchpoint. */
9993 bool use_mask
= false;
9997 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
9998 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
10000 const char *value_start
;
10002 exp_end
= arg
+ strlen (arg
);
10004 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10005 of the arguments string. */
10006 for (tok
= exp_end
- 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
10008 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10009 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10012 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10013 This is the value of the parameter. */
10014 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10016 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
10018 /* Skip whitespace. */
10019 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10024 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10025 This is the parameter itself. */
10026 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10029 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
10031 if (toklen
== 6 && startswith (tok
, "thread"))
10033 struct thread_info
*thr
;
10034 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10035 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10036 only in a specific thread. */
10040 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10042 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10043 thr
= parse_thread_id (value_start
, &endp
);
10045 /* Check if the user provided a valid thread ID. */
10046 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
10047 invalid_thread_id_error (value_start
);
10049 thread
= thr
->global_num
;
10051 else if (toklen
== 4 && startswith (tok
, "task"))
10055 task
= strtol (value_start
, &tmp
, 0);
10056 if (tmp
== value_start
)
10057 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
10058 if (!valid_task_id (task
))
10059 error (_("Unknown task %d."), task
);
10061 else if (toklen
== 4 && startswith (tok
, "mask"))
10063 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10064 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10066 struct value
*mask_value
;
10069 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10071 use_mask
= just_location
= true;
10073 scoped_value_mark mark
;
10074 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
10075 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
10078 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
10081 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
10082 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
10089 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
10090 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
10092 std::string
expression (arg
, exp_end
- arg
);
10093 exp_start
= arg
= expression
.c_str ();
10094 innermost_block_tracker tracker
;
10095 expression_up exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0, &tracker
);
10097 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
10098 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
10100 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
10103 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
10104 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
.get ()))
10108 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
10109 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
10111 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
10114 exp_valid_block
= tracker
.block ();
10115 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
10116 struct value
*val_as_value
= nullptr;
10117 fetch_subexp_value (exp
.get (), exp
->op
.get (), &val_as_value
, &result
, NULL
,
10120 if (val_as_value
!= NULL
&& just_location
)
10122 saved_bitpos
= value_bitpos (val_as_value
);
10123 saved_bitsize
= value_bitsize (val_as_value
);
10131 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10132 val
= release_value (value_addr (result
));
10133 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10137 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
.get ()),
10140 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
10141 else if (ret
== -2)
10142 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
10145 else if (val_as_value
!= NULL
)
10146 val
= release_value (val_as_value
);
10148 tok
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10149 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
10151 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
10152 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
10154 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
10155 innermost_block_tracker if_tracker
;
10156 parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0, 0, &if_tracker
);
10158 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
10159 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
10160 cond_exp_valid_block
= if_tracker
.block ();
10165 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
10167 frame_info_ptr wp_frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
10169 /* Save this because create_internal_breakpoint below invalidates
10171 frame_id watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (wp_frame
);
10173 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
10174 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
10175 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
10176 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
10177 if (exp_valid_block
!= NULL
&& wp_frame
!= NULL
)
10179 frame_id caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (wp_frame
);
10181 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
10183 gdbarch
*caller_arch
= frame_unwind_caller_arch (wp_frame
);
10184 CORE_ADDR caller_pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (wp_frame
);
10187 = create_internal_breakpoint (caller_arch
, caller_pc
,
10188 bp_watchpoint_scope
);
10190 /* create_internal_breakpoint could invalidate WP_FRAME. */
10193 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
10195 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
10196 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
10198 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
10199 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= caller_frame_id
;
10201 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
10202 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
= caller_arch
;
10203 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
= caller_pc
;
10204 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
10205 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
10206 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
10207 scope_breakpoint
->type
,
10208 current_program_space
);
10212 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
10213 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
10214 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
10215 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
10217 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
10218 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
10219 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
10220 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
10222 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10224 std::unique_ptr
<watchpoint
> w
;
10226 w
.reset (new masked_watchpoint (nullptr, bp_type
));
10228 w
.reset (new watchpoint (nullptr, bp_type
));
10230 w
->thread
= thread
;
10232 w
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10233 w
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
10234 w
->exp
= std::move (exp
);
10235 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
10236 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
10239 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
.get ());
10240 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
.get ());
10242 w
->exp_string_reparse
10243 = current_language
->watch_location_expression (t
, addr
);
10245 w
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
10246 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
10249 w
->exp_string
.reset (savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
));
10253 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
10258 w
->val_bitpos
= saved_bitpos
;
10259 w
->val_bitsize
= saved_bitsize
;
10260 w
->val_valid
= true;
10264 w
->cond_string
.reset (savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
));
10266 w
->cond_string
= 0;
10268 if (frame_id_p (watchpoint_frame
))
10270 w
->watchpoint_frame
= watchpoint_frame
;
10271 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
10275 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
10276 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
10279 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
10281 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
10282 need to act on them together. */
10283 w
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
10284 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= w
.get ();
10287 if (!just_location
)
10288 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10290 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
10291 that should be inserted. */
10292 update_watchpoint (w
.get (), true /* reparse */);
10294 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (w
), 1);
10297 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
10298 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
10301 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (const std::vector
<value_ref_ptr
> &vals
)
10303 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
10305 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
10306 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
10309 gdb_assert (!vals
.empty ());
10310 struct value
*head
= vals
[0].get ();
10312 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
10313 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
10314 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
10315 hardware watchpoint.
10317 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
10318 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
10319 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
10320 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
10321 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
10322 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
10323 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
10324 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
10325 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
10327 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
10328 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
10329 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
10330 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
10331 for (const value_ref_ptr
&iter
: vals
)
10333 struct value
*v
= iter
.get ();
10335 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
10337 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
10338 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
10339 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
10340 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
10341 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
10342 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
10346 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
10347 it with hardware watchpoints. */
10348 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
10350 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
10351 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
10352 middle of some value chain. */
10354 || (vtype
->code () != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
10355 && vtype
->code () != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
10357 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
10361 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
10362 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
10363 1 : value_type (v
)->length ();
10365 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
10369 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
10373 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
10374 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
10375 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
10376 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
10377 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
10380 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
10381 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
10382 return found_memory_cnt
;
10386 watch_command_wrapper (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, bool internal
)
10388 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
10391 /* Options for the watch, awatch, and rwatch commands. */
10393 struct watch_options
10395 /* For -location. */
10396 bool location
= false;
10399 /* Definitions of options for the "watch", "awatch", and "rwatch" commands.
10401 Historically GDB always accepted both '-location' and '-l' flags for
10402 these commands (both flags being synonyms). When converting to the
10403 newer option scheme only '-location' is added here. That's fine (for
10404 backward compatibility) as any non-ambiguous prefix of a flag will be
10405 accepted, so '-l', '-loc', are now all accepted.
10407 What this means is that, if in the future, we add any new flag here
10408 that starts with '-l' then this will break backward compatibility, so
10409 please, don't do that! */
10411 static const gdb::option::option_def watch_option_defs
[] = {
10412 gdb::option::flag_option_def
<watch_options
> {
10414 [] (watch_options
*opt
) { return &opt
->location
; },
10416 This evaluates EXPRESSION and watches the memory to which is refers.\n\
10417 -l can be used as a short form of -location."),
10421 /* Returns the option group used by 'watch', 'awatch', and 'rwatch'
10424 static gdb::option::option_def_group
10425 make_watch_options_def_group (watch_options
*opts
)
10427 return {{watch_option_defs
}, opts
};
10430 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
10431 calls watch_command_1. */
10434 watch_maybe_just_location (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
10436 watch_options opts
;
10437 auto grp
= make_watch_options_def_group (&opts
);
10438 gdb::option::process_options
10439 (&arg
, gdb::option::PROCESS_OPTIONS_UNKNOWN_IS_OPERAND
, grp
);
10440 if (arg
!= nullptr && *arg
== '\0')
10443 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, opts
.location
, false);
10446 /* Command completion for 'watch', 'awatch', and 'rwatch' commands. */
10448 watch_command_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*ignore
,
10449 completion_tracker
&tracker
,
10450 const char *text
, const char * /*word*/)
10452 const auto group
= make_watch_options_def_group (nullptr);
10453 if (gdb::option::complete_options
10454 (tracker
, &text
, gdb::option::PROCESS_OPTIONS_UNKNOWN_IS_OPERAND
, group
))
10457 const char *word
= advance_to_expression_complete_word_point (tracker
, text
);
10458 expression_completer (ignore
, tracker
, text
, word
);
10462 watch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10464 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
10468 rwatch_command_wrapper (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, bool internal
)
10470 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
10474 rwatch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10476 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
10480 awatch_command_wrapper (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, bool internal
)
10482 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
10486 awatch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10488 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
10492 /* Data for the FSM that manages the until(location)/advance commands
10493 in infcmd.c. Here because it uses the mechanisms of
10496 struct until_break_fsm
: public thread_fsm
10498 /* The thread that was current when the command was executed. */
10501 /* The breakpoint set at the return address in the caller frame,
10502 plus breakpoints at all the destination locations. */
10503 std::vector
<breakpoint_up
> breakpoints
;
10505 until_break_fsm (struct interp
*cmd_interp
, int thread
,
10506 std::vector
<breakpoint_up
> &&breakpoints
)
10507 : thread_fsm (cmd_interp
),
10509 breakpoints (std::move (breakpoints
))
10513 void clean_up (struct thread_info
*thread
) override
;
10514 bool should_stop (struct thread_info
*thread
) override
;
10515 enum async_reply_reason
do_async_reply_reason () override
;
10518 /* Implementation of the 'should_stop' FSM method for the
10519 until(location)/advance commands. */
10522 until_break_fsm::should_stop (struct thread_info
*tp
)
10524 for (const breakpoint_up
&bp
: breakpoints
)
10525 if (bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
,
10526 bp
.get ()) != NULL
)
10535 /* Implementation of the 'clean_up' FSM method for the
10536 until(location)/advance commands. */
10539 until_break_fsm::clean_up (struct thread_info
*)
10541 /* Clean up our temporary breakpoints. */
10542 breakpoints
.clear ();
10543 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (thread
);
10546 /* Implementation of the 'async_reply_reason' FSM method for the
10547 until(location)/advance commands. */
10549 enum async_reply_reason
10550 until_break_fsm::do_async_reply_reason ()
10552 return EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
;
10556 until_break_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
10558 frame_info_ptr frame
;
10559 struct gdbarch
*frame_gdbarch
;
10560 struct frame_id stack_frame_id
;
10561 struct frame_id caller_frame_id
;
10563 struct thread_info
*tp
;
10565 clear_proceed_status (0);
10567 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
10570 location_spec_up locspec
= string_to_location_spec (&arg
, current_language
);
10572 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
10573 = (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
10574 ? decode_line_1 (locspec
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
10575 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
10576 get_last_displayed_line ())
10577 : decode_line_1 (locspec
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
10581 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
10584 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
10586 tp
= inferior_thread ();
10587 thread
= tp
->global_num
;
10589 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
10590 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
10591 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
10594 frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
10595 frame_gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
10596 stack_frame_id
= get_stack_frame_id (frame
);
10597 caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
10599 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
10602 std::vector
<breakpoint_up
> breakpoints
;
10604 gdb::optional
<delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
> lj_deleter
;
10606 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
10608 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
10609 struct gdbarch
*caller_gdbarch
;
10611 sal2
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
10612 sal2
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
10613 caller_gdbarch
= frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
10615 breakpoint_up caller_breakpoint
10616 = set_momentary_breakpoint (caller_gdbarch
, sal2
,
10617 caller_frame_id
, bp_until
);
10618 breakpoints
.emplace_back (std::move (caller_breakpoint
));
10620 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, stack_frame_id
);
10621 lj_deleter
.emplace (thread
);
10624 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
10627 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location, we
10628 don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. Otherwise,
10629 specify the selected frame, because we want to stop only at the
10630 very same frame. */
10631 frame_id stop_frame_id
= anywhere
? null_frame_id
: stack_frame_id
;
10633 for (symtab_and_line
&sal
: sals
)
10635 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
10637 breakpoint_up location_breakpoint
10638 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
10639 stop_frame_id
, bp_until
);
10640 breakpoints
.emplace_back (std::move (location_breakpoint
));
10644 (std::unique_ptr
<thread_fsm
>
10645 (new until_break_fsm (command_interp (), tp
->global_num
,
10646 std::move (breakpoints
))));
10649 lj_deleter
->release ();
10651 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
);
10656 /* Compare two breakpoints and return a strcmp-like result. */
10659 compare_breakpoints (const breakpoint
*a
, const breakpoint
*b
)
10661 uintptr_t ua
= (uintptr_t) a
;
10662 uintptr_t ub
= (uintptr_t) b
;
10664 if (a
->number
< b
->number
)
10666 else if (a
->number
> b
->number
)
10669 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
10673 return ua
> ub
? 1 : 0;
10676 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
10679 clear_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10683 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> decoded_sals
;
10684 symtab_and_line last_sal
;
10685 gdb::array_view
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
10689 = decode_line_with_current_source (arg
,
10690 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
10691 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
10693 sals
= decoded_sals
;
10697 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
10698 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
10699 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
10700 last_sal
= get_last_displayed_sal ();
10701 if (last_sal
.symtab
== 0)
10702 error (_("No source file specified."));
10708 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
10709 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
10710 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
10711 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
10713 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
10714 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
10715 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
10716 due to optimization, all in one block.
10718 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
10719 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
10720 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
10721 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
10722 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
10723 to support that. */
10725 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
10726 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
10727 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
10730 std::vector
<struct breakpoint
*> found
;
10731 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
10733 const char *sal_fullname
;
10735 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
10736 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
10737 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
10740 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
10745 1 0 <can't happen> */
10747 sal_fullname
= (sal
.symtab
== NULL
10748 ? NULL
: symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
));
10750 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
10751 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
10754 /* Are we going to delete b? */
10755 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
)
10756 && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
10758 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
10760 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
10761 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
10762 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
10764 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
10765 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
10766 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
10767 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
10768 int line_match
= 0;
10770 if ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
10771 && loc
->symtab
!= NULL
10772 && sal_fullname
!= NULL
10773 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
10774 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
10775 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
),
10776 sal_fullname
) == 0)
10779 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
10788 found
.push_back (b
);
10792 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
10793 if (found
.empty ())
10796 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
10798 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
10801 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
10802 std::sort (found
.begin (), found
.end (),
10803 [] (const breakpoint
*bp_a
, const breakpoint
*bp_b
)
10805 return compare_breakpoints (bp_a
, bp_b
) < 0;
10807 found
.erase (std::unique (found
.begin (), found
.end (),
10808 [] (const breakpoint
*bp_a
, const breakpoint
*bp_b
)
10810 return compare_breakpoints (bp_a
, bp_b
) == 0;
10814 if (found
.size () > 1)
10815 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
10818 if (found
.size () == 1)
10819 gdb_printf (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
10821 gdb_printf (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
10824 for (breakpoint
*iter
: found
)
10827 gdb_printf ("%d ", iter
->number
);
10828 delete_breakpoint (iter
);
10834 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
10835 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
10836 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
10839 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat
*bs
)
10841 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
10842 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
10843 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
10845 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
10847 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
10848 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
10849 delete_breakpoint (b
);
10852 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
10853 std::sort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
10854 bl_address_is_meaningful says), secondarily by ordering first
10855 permanent elements and terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted
10856 stable way despite std::sort being an unstable algorithm. */
10859 bp_location_is_less_than (const bp_location
*a
, const bp_location
*b
)
10861 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
10862 return a
->address
< b
->address
;
10864 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
10865 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
10868 if (a
->pspace
->num
!= b
->pspace
->num
)
10869 return a
->pspace
->num
< b
->pspace
->num
;
10871 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
10872 if (a
->permanent
!= b
->permanent
)
10873 return a
->permanent
> b
->permanent
;
10875 /* Sort by type in order to make duplicate determination easier.
10876 See update_global_location_list. This is kept in sync with
10877 breakpoint_locations_match. */
10878 if (a
->loc_type
< b
->loc_type
)
10881 /* Likewise, for range-breakpoints, sort by length. */
10882 if (a
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
10883 && b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
10884 && a
->length
< b
->length
)
10887 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
10888 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
10889 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
10891 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
10892 return a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
;
10897 /* Set bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max and
10898 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
10899 content of the bp_locations array. */
10902 bp_locations_target_extensions_update (void)
10904 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
10905 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
10907 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations ())
10909 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
10911 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
10914 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
10915 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
10917 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
10918 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
10919 if (addr
> bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
)
10920 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
10922 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
10924 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
10925 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
10926 if (addr
> bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
10927 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
10931 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
10934 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
10936 enum tribool can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
;
10938 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
10940 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_tracepoints ())
10942 struct tracepoint
*t
;
10943 bool bp_location_downloaded
= false;
10945 if ((b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
10946 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
10947 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
10950 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
)
10952 if (target_can_download_tracepoint ())
10953 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_TRUE
;
10955 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_FALSE
;
10958 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_FALSE
)
10961 for (bp_location
*bl
: b
->locations ())
10963 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
10964 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
10965 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
10966 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
10969 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
10971 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
10974 bp_location_downloaded
= true;
10976 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
10977 t
->number_on_target
= b
->number
;
10978 if (bp_location_downloaded
)
10979 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
10983 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
10986 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
10988 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
10989 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
10990 const int left_needs_update
= left
->needs_update
;
10991 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
10993 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
10994 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
10995 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
10996 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
10997 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
10999 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
11000 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
11001 left
->needs_update
= right
->needs_update
;
11002 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
11003 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
11004 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
11005 right
->needs_update
= left_needs_update
;
11006 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
11009 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
11010 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
11011 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
11015 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location
*bl
)
11017 CORE_ADDR address
= 0;
11020 address
= bl
->address
;
11021 pspace_num
= bl
->pspace
->num
;
11023 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
11024 evaluating conditions and if the user has
11025 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
11027 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
11028 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
11031 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
11032 the same program space as the location
11033 as "its condition has changed". We need to
11034 update the conditions on the target's side. */
11035 for (bp_location
*loc
: all_bp_locations_at_addr (address
))
11037 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
11038 || pspace_num
!= loc
->pspace
->num
)
11041 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
11042 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
11043 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
11044 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
11045 that have already been marked. */
11046 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_updated
;
11048 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
11050 loc
->cond_bytecode
.reset ();
11054 /* Called whether new breakpoints are created, or existing breakpoints
11055 deleted, to update the global location list and recompute which
11056 locations are duplicate of which.
11058 The INSERT_MODE flag determines whether locations may not, may, or
11059 shall be inserted now. See 'enum ugll_insert_mode' for more
11063 update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
11065 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
11066 CORE_ADDR last_addr
= 0;
11067 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
11068 int last_pspace_num
= -1;
11070 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
11071 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
11072 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
11073 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
11074 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
11076 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
11077 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
11078 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
11079 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
11081 /* Saved former bp_locations array which we compare against the newly
11082 built bp_locations from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
11083 std::vector
<bp_location
*> old_locations
= std::move (bp_locations
);
11084 bp_locations
.clear ();
11086 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
11087 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
11088 bp_locations
.push_back (loc
);
11090 /* See if we need to "upgrade" a software breakpoint to a hardware
11091 breakpoint. Do this before deciding whether locations are
11092 duplicates. Also do this before sorting because sorting order
11093 depends on location type. */
11094 for (bp_location
*loc
: bp_locations
)
11095 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
11096 handle_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (loc
);
11098 std::sort (bp_locations
.begin (), bp_locations
.end (),
11099 bp_location_is_less_than
);
11101 bp_locations_target_extensions_update ();
11103 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
11104 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
11105 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
11106 if there's another location at the same address (previously
11107 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
11110 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
11111 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
11114 for (bp_location
*old_loc
: old_locations
)
11116 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
11117 not, we have to free it. */
11118 bool found_object
= false;
11119 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
11120 bool keep_in_target
= false;
11121 bool removed
= false;
11123 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
11124 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
11125 while (loc_i
< bp_locations
.size ()
11126 && bp_locations
[loc_i
]->address
< old_loc
->address
)
11129 for (size_t loc2_i
= loc_i
;
11130 (loc2_i
< bp_locations
.size ()
11131 && bp_locations
[loc2_i
]->address
== old_loc
->address
);
11134 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
11135 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
11136 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
11138 if (bp_locations
[loc2_i
]->condition_changed
== condition_modified
11139 && (last_addr
!= old_loc
->address
11140 || last_pspace_num
!= old_loc
->pspace
->num
))
11142 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (bp_locations
[loc2_i
]);
11143 last_pspace_num
= old_loc
->pspace
->num
;
11146 if (bp_locations
[loc2_i
] == old_loc
)
11147 found_object
= true;
11150 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
11151 have to go through updates again. */
11152 last_addr
= old_loc
->address
;
11154 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
11156 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc
);
11158 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
11159 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
11160 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
11161 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
11162 at certain location is not inserted. */
11164 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
11166 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
11169 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
11171 /* The location is still present in the location list,
11172 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
11173 keep_in_target
= true;
11177 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
11178 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
11179 remove its target-side condition. */
11181 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
11182 disabled. See if there's another location at the
11183 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
11184 this one from the target. */
11186 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
11187 if (bl_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
))
11189 for (size_t loc2_i
= loc_i
;
11190 (loc2_i
< bp_locations
.size ()
11191 && bp_locations
[loc2_i
]->address
== old_loc
->address
);
11194 bp_location
*loc2
= bp_locations
[loc2_i
];
11196 if (loc2
== old_loc
)
11199 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
11201 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
11202 access watchpoints, if the former are not
11203 supported, but the latter are. */
11204 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
11206 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
11207 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
11210 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
11211 if it should be inserted in case it will be
11213 if (unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
11215 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
11216 keep_in_target
= true;
11224 if (!keep_in_target
)
11226 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
))
11228 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
11229 this location on the global list, and try to
11230 remove it next time, but there's no particular
11231 reason why we will succeed next time.
11233 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
11234 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
11235 only after calling us. */
11236 gdb_printf (_("warning: Error removing "
11237 "breakpoint %d\n"),
11238 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
11246 if (removed
&& target_is_non_stop_p ()
11247 && need_moribund_for_location_type (old_loc
))
11249 /* This location was removed from the target. In
11250 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
11251 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
11252 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
11253 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
11254 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
11255 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
11256 after we see some number of events. The theory here
11257 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
11258 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
11259 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
11260 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
11261 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
11262 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
11265 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
11266 decr_pc_after_break targets.
11268 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
11269 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
11270 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
11271 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
11272 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
11273 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
11274 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
11275 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
11276 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
11277 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
11278 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
11279 targets that do not support new thread events, like
11280 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
11283 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
11284 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
11285 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
11286 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
11288 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
11289 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
11290 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
11291 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
11292 traps we can no longer explain. */
11294 process_stratum_target
*proc_target
= nullptr;
11295 for (inferior
*inf
: all_inferiors ())
11296 if (inf
->pspace
== old_loc
->pspace
)
11298 proc_target
= inf
->process_target ();
11301 if (proc_target
!= nullptr)
11302 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
11303 = 3 * (thread_count (proc_target
) + 1);
11305 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 1;
11306 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
11308 moribund_locations
.push_back (old_loc
);
11312 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
11313 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
11318 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
11319 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
11320 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
11321 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
11322 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
11323 are sorted first for the same address.
11325 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
11326 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
11328 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
11329 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
11330 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
11331 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
11333 for (bp_location
*loc
: all_bp_locations ())
11335 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
11337 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
11338 breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
11340 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc
)
11341 || !bl_address_is_meaningful (loc
)
11342 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
11343 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
11344 `struct bp_location'. */
11345 || is_tracepoint (b
))
11347 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
11348 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
11352 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
11353 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
11354 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
11355 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
11356 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
11357 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
11359 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
11361 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
11362 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
11363 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
11365 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
11366 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
11368 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->condition_changed
)
11370 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
11371 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
11372 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
11378 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
11379 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
11380 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
11382 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
11383 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
11385 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
11386 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
11389 if (insert_mode
== UGLL_INSERT
|| breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now ())
11391 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
11392 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
11395 /* Even though the caller told us to not insert new
11396 locations, we may still need to update conditions on the
11397 target's side of breakpoints that were already inserted
11398 if the target is evaluating breakpoint conditions. We
11399 only update conditions for locations that are marked
11401 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
11405 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
11406 download_tracepoint_locations ();
11410 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
11412 for (int ix
= 0; ix
< moribund_locations
.size (); ++ix
)
11414 struct bp_location
*loc
= moribund_locations
[ix
];
11415 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
11417 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
11418 unordered_remove (moribund_locations
, ix
);
11425 update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
11430 update_global_location_list (insert_mode
);
11432 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
11437 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
11440 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat
*bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
11444 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
11445 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
11447 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
11448 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
11449 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
11453 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
11455 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
11457 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= (struct breakpoint
*) data
;
11459 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
11463 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint->mention
11467 say_where (const breakpoint
*b
)
11469 struct value_print_options opts
;
11471 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
11473 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
11475 if (b
->loc
== NULL
)
11477 /* For pending locations, the output differs slightly based
11478 on b->extra_string. If this is non-NULL, it contains either
11479 a condition or dprintf arguments. */
11480 if (b
->extra_string
== NULL
)
11482 gdb_printf (_(" (%s) pending."), b
->locspec
->to_string ());
11484 else if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
11486 gdb_printf (_(" (%s,%s) pending."),
11487 b
->locspec
->to_string (),
11488 b
->extra_string
.get ());
11492 gdb_printf (_(" (%s %s) pending."),
11493 b
->locspec
->to_string (),
11494 b
->extra_string
.get ());
11499 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->loc
->symtab
== NULL
)
11500 gdb_printf (" at %ps",
11501 styled_string (address_style
.style (),
11502 paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
,
11503 b
->loc
->address
)));
11504 if (b
->loc
->symtab
!= NULL
)
11506 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
11508 if (b
->loc
->next
== NULL
)
11510 const char *filename
11511 = symtab_to_filename_for_display (b
->loc
->symtab
);
11512 gdb_printf (": file %ps, line %d.",
11513 styled_string (file_name_style
.style (),
11515 b
->loc
->line_number
);
11518 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
11519 different file name, and this at least reflects the
11520 real situation somewhat. */
11521 gdb_printf (": %s.", b
->locspec
->to_string ());
11526 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
11528 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11530 gdb_printf (" (%d locations)", n
);
11535 /* See breakpoint.h. */
11537 bp_location_range
breakpoint::locations () const
11539 return bp_location_range (this->loc
);
11542 struct bp_location
*
11543 breakpoint::allocate_location ()
11545 return new bp_location (this);
11548 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
11549 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
11552 breakpoint::insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
11554 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11558 breakpoint::remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
11559 enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
11561 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11565 breakpoint::breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
11566 const address_space
*aspace
,
11568 const target_waitstatus
&ws
)
11570 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11574 breakpoint::resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
11576 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11579 enum print_stop_action
11580 breakpoint::print_it (const bpstat
*bs
) const
11582 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11586 breakpoint::print_mention () const
11588 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11592 breakpoint::print_recreate (struct ui_file
*fp
) const
11594 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11597 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
11600 code_breakpoint::re_set ()
11602 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
11603 if (breakpoint_location_spec_empty_p (this))
11605 /* Anything without a location can't be re-set. */
11606 delete_breakpoint (this);
11614 code_breakpoint::insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
11616 CORE_ADDR addr
= bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
;
11618 bl
->target_info
.kind
= breakpoint_kind (bl
, &addr
);
11619 bl
->target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
11622 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
11623 result
= target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
11625 result
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
11627 if (result
== 0 && bl
->probe
.prob
!= nullptr)
11629 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
11631 bl
->probe
.prob
->set_semaphore (bl
->probe
.objfile
, bl
->gdbarch
);
11638 code_breakpoint::remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
11639 enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
11641 if (bl
->probe
.prob
!= nullptr)
11643 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
11644 bl
->probe
.prob
->clear_semaphore (bl
->probe
.objfile
, bl
->gdbarch
);
11647 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
11648 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
11650 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
, reason
);
11654 code_breakpoint::breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
11655 const address_space
*aspace
,
11657 const target_waitstatus
&ws
)
11659 if (ws
.kind () != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
11660 || ws
.sig () != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
11663 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
11667 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
11668 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
11669 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
11676 dprintf_breakpoint::breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
11677 const address_space
*aspace
,
11679 const target_waitstatus
&ws
)
11681 if (dprintf_style
== dprintf_style_agent
11682 && target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
11684 /* An agent-style dprintf never causes a stop. If we see a trap
11685 for this address it must be for a breakpoint that happens to
11686 be set at the same address. */
11690 return this->ordinary_breakpoint::breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
11694 ordinary_breakpoint::resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
11696 gdb_assert (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
11701 enum print_stop_action
11702 ordinary_breakpoint::print_it (const bpstat
*bs
) const
11704 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
11706 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11708 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
.get ();
11710 bp_temp
= disposition
== disp_del
;
11711 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
11712 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
11715 annotate_breakpoint (number
);
11716 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
11718 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
11720 uiout
->field_string ("reason",
11721 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
11722 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (disposition
));
11726 uiout
->text ("Temporary breakpoint ");
11728 uiout
->text ("Breakpoint ");
11729 print_num_locno (bs
, uiout
);
11730 uiout
->text (", ");
11732 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
11736 ordinary_breakpoint::print_mention () const
11738 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
11743 case bp_breakpoint
:
11744 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
11745 if (disposition
== disp_del
)
11746 gdb_printf (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
11748 gdb_printf (_("Breakpoint"));
11749 gdb_printf (_(" %d"), number
);
11750 if (type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
11751 gdb_printf (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
11753 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
11754 gdb_printf (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), number
);
11757 gdb_printf (_("Dprintf %d"), number
);
11765 ordinary_breakpoint::print_recreate (struct ui_file
*fp
) const
11767 if (type
== bp_breakpoint
&& disposition
== disp_del
)
11768 gdb_printf (fp
, "tbreak");
11769 else if (type
== bp_breakpoint
)
11770 gdb_printf (fp
, "break");
11771 else if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
11772 && disposition
== disp_del
)
11773 gdb_printf (fp
, "thbreak");
11774 else if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
11775 gdb_printf (fp
, "hbreak");
11777 internal_error (_("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) type
);
11779 gdb_printf (fp
, " %s", locspec
->to_string ());
11781 /* Print out extra_string if this breakpoint is pending. It might
11782 contain, for example, conditions that were set by the user. */
11783 if (loc
== NULL
&& extra_string
!= NULL
)
11784 gdb_printf (fp
, " %s", extra_string
.get ());
11786 print_recreate_thread (fp
);
11789 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
11790 code_breakpoint::decode_location_spec (location_spec
*locspec
,
11791 program_space
*search_pspace
)
11793 if (locspec
->type () == PROBE_LOCATION_SPEC
)
11794 return bkpt_probe_decode_location_spec (this, locspec
, search_pspace
);
11796 struct linespec_result canonical
;
11798 decode_line_full (locspec
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, search_pspace
,
11799 NULL
, 0, &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
11802 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
11803 gdb_assert (canonical
.lsals
.size () < 2);
11805 if (!canonical
.lsals
.empty ())
11807 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
.lsals
[0];
11808 return std::move (lsal
.sals
);
11813 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
11816 internal_breakpoint::re_set ()
11820 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
11821 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
11822 case bp_overlay_event
:
11823 case bp_longjmp_master
:
11824 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
11825 case bp_exception_master
:
11826 delete_breakpoint (this);
11829 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
11830 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
11831 case bp_shlib_event
:
11833 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
11834 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
11835 case bp_thread_event
:
11841 internal_breakpoint::check_status (bpstat
*bs
)
11843 if (type
== bp_shlib_event
)
11845 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
11846 events. This allows the user to get control and place
11847 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
11848 objects (among other things). */
11849 bs
->stop
= stop_on_solib_events
;
11850 bs
->print
= stop_on_solib_events
;
11856 enum print_stop_action
11857 internal_breakpoint::print_it (const bpstat
*bs
) const
11861 case bp_shlib_event
:
11862 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
11863 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
11864 to shlib event" message.) */
11865 print_solib_event (false);
11868 case bp_thread_event
:
11869 /* Not sure how we will get here.
11870 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
11871 gdb_printf (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
11874 case bp_overlay_event
:
11875 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
11876 gdb_printf (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
11879 case bp_longjmp_master
:
11880 /* These should never be enabled. */
11881 gdb_printf (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
11884 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
11885 /* These should never be enabled. */
11886 gdb_printf (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
11887 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
11890 case bp_exception_master
:
11891 /* These should never be enabled. */
11892 gdb_printf (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
11893 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
11897 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
11901 internal_breakpoint::print_mention () const
11903 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
11906 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
11909 momentary_breakpoint::re_set ()
11911 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
11912 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
11913 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
11914 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
11918 momentary_breakpoint::check_status (bpstat
*bs
)
11920 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
11923 enum print_stop_action
11924 momentary_breakpoint::print_it (const bpstat
*bs
) const
11926 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
11930 momentary_breakpoint::print_mention () const
11932 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
11935 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
11937 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
11938 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
11940 longjmp_breakpoint::~longjmp_breakpoint ()
11942 thread_info
*tp
= find_thread_global_id (this->thread
);
11945 tp
->initiating_frame
= null_frame_id
;
11949 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location_spec (location_spec
*locspec
,
11950 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
11953 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
11955 lsal
.sals
= parse_probes (locspec
, NULL
, canonical
);
11956 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (canonical
->locspec
->to_string ());
11957 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
11960 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
11961 bkpt_probe_decode_location_spec (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11962 location_spec
*locspec
,
11963 program_space
*search_pspace
)
11965 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
11966 = parse_probes (locspec
, search_pspace
, NULL
);
11968 error (_("probe not found"));
11973 tracepoint::breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
11974 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
11975 const target_waitstatus
&ws
)
11977 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
11983 tracepoint::print_one_detail (struct ui_out
*uiout
) const
11985 if (!static_trace_marker_id
.empty ())
11987 gdb_assert (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
11988 || type
== bp_static_marker_tracepoint
);
11990 uiout
->message ("\tmarker id is %pF\n",
11991 string_field ("static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
11992 static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ()));
11997 tracepoint::print_mention () const
11999 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
12004 case bp_tracepoint
:
12005 gdb_printf (_("Tracepoint"));
12006 gdb_printf (_(" %d"), number
);
12008 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
12009 gdb_printf (_("Fast tracepoint"));
12010 gdb_printf (_(" %d"), number
);
12012 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
12013 case bp_static_marker_tracepoint
:
12014 gdb_printf (_("Static tracepoint"));
12015 gdb_printf (_(" %d"), number
);
12018 internal_error (_("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) type
);
12025 tracepoint::print_recreate (struct ui_file
*fp
) const
12027 if (type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
12028 gdb_printf (fp
, "ftrace");
12029 else if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
12030 || type
== bp_static_marker_tracepoint
)
12031 gdb_printf (fp
, "strace");
12032 else if (type
== bp_tracepoint
)
12033 gdb_printf (fp
, "trace");
12035 internal_error (_("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) type
);
12037 gdb_printf (fp
, " %s", locspec
->to_string ());
12038 print_recreate_thread (fp
);
12041 gdb_printf (fp
, " passcount %d\n", pass_count
);
12044 /* Virtual table for tracepoints on static probes. */
12047 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location_spec
12048 (location_spec
*locspec
,
12049 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
12051 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
12052 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location_spec (locspec
, canonical
);
12056 dprintf_breakpoint::re_set ()
12060 /* extra_string should never be non-NULL for dprintf. */
12061 gdb_assert (extra_string
!= NULL
);
12063 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
12064 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
12065 3 - disconnect from target 1
12066 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
12068 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
12069 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
12070 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
12071 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
12072 it all the time. */
12073 if (extra_string
!= NULL
)
12074 update_dprintf_command_list (this);
12077 /* Implement the "print_recreate" method for dprintf. */
12080 dprintf_breakpoint::print_recreate (struct ui_file
*fp
) const
12082 gdb_printf (fp
, "dprintf %s,%s", locspec
->to_string (), extra_string
.get ());
12083 print_recreate_thread (fp
);
12086 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" method for dprintf.
12088 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
12089 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
12090 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
12091 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
12092 address are all handled. */
12095 dprintf_breakpoint::after_condition_true (struct bpstat
*bs
)
12097 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
12098 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
12099 condition not be evaluated. */
12102 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
12103 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
12104 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
12105 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
12106 commands here throws. */
12107 counted_command_line cmds
= std::move (bs
->commands
);
12108 gdb_assert (cmds
!= nullptr);
12109 execute_control_commands (cmds
.get (), 0);
12112 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
12116 strace_marker_create_sals_from_location_spec (location_spec
*locspec
,
12117 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
12119 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
12120 const char *arg_start
, *arg
;
12122 arg
= arg_start
= as_linespec_location_spec (locspec
)->spec_string
;
12123 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&arg
);
12125 std::string
str (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
12126 const char *ptr
= str
.c_str ();
12128 = new_linespec_location_spec (&ptr
, symbol_name_match_type::FULL
);
12130 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (canonical
->locspec
->to_string ());
12131 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
12135 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12136 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12137 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
12138 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
12139 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12140 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12142 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12143 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12144 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12146 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
->lsals
[0];
12148 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
12149 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
12150 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
12151 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
12152 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
12153 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
12155 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< lsal
.sals
.size (); i
++)
12157 location_spec_up locspec
= canonical
->locspec
->clone ();
12159 std::unique_ptr
<tracepoint
> tp
12160 (new tracepoint (gdbarch
,
12163 std::move (locspec
),
12165 std::move (cond_string
),
12166 std::move (extra_string
),
12168 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
12169 from_tty
, enabled
, flags
,
12170 canonical
->special_display
));
12172 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
12173 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
12174 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
12175 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
12176 try to match up which of the newly found markers
12177 corresponds to this one */
12178 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
12180 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (tp
), 0);
12184 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12185 static_marker_tracepoint::decode_location_spec (location_spec
*locspec
,
12186 program_space
*search_pspace
)
12188 const char *s
= as_linespec_location_spec (locspec
)->spec_string
;
12190 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&s
);
12191 if (sals
.size () > static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
12193 sals
[0] = sals
[static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
12198 error (_("marker %s not found"), static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
12201 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
12202 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
=
12204 strace_marker_create_sals_from_location_spec
,
12205 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal
,
12209 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12211 return b
->type
== bp_static_marker_tracepoint
;
12214 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
12218 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
12220 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
12222 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
12223 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
12226 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
12227 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
12228 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
12229 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
12230 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
12233 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
12234 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
12235 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
12236 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
12238 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
12241 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
12242 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
12243 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
12245 struct breakpoint
*related
;
12246 struct watchpoint
*w
;
12248 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
12249 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
12250 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
12251 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
12255 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
12257 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
12258 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
12259 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
12260 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
12261 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
12264 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
12265 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
12266 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
12267 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
12269 gdb::observers::breakpoint_deleted
.notify (bpt
);
12271 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
12272 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
12274 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
12275 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
12277 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
12281 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
12283 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
12284 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
12285 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
12286 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
12287 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
12288 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
12289 commands won't work. */
12291 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
12293 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
12294 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
12295 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
12296 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
12297 might be better design to have location completely
12298 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
12299 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
12301 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
12302 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
12303 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
12307 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
12308 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
12311 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12312 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)> function
)
12314 struct breakpoint
*related
;
12319 struct breakpoint
*next
;
12321 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
12322 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
12324 if (next
== related
)
12326 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
12327 function (related
);
12329 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
12330 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
12335 function (related
);
12339 while (related
!= b
);
12343 delete_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
12349 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
12351 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
12352 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
12353 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
12354 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
12355 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
12357 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
12361 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
12363 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
12364 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
12365 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
12366 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12369 map_breakpoint_numbers
12370 (arg
, [&] (breakpoint
*br
)
12372 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (br
, delete_breakpoint
);
12376 /* Return true if all locations of B bound to PSPACE are pending. If
12377 PSPACE is NULL, all locations of all program spaces are
12381 all_locations_are_pending (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct program_space
*pspace
)
12383 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
12384 if ((pspace
== NULL
12385 || loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
12386 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
12387 && !loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
12392 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
12393 Return true if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
12394 Null names are ignored. */
12397 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
12399 struct bp_location
*l
;
12400 htab_up
htab (htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
, htab_eq_string
, NULL
,
12403 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
12406 const char *name
= l
->function_name
.get ();
12408 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
12412 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
.get (), (const void *) name
,
12414 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
12424 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
12425 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
12426 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
12427 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
12428 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
12429 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
12430 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
12431 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
12434 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
12435 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
12436 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
12437 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
12438 in the sources, and output a warning.
12440 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
12441 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
12442 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
12443 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
12444 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
12447 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
12448 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
12449 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
12450 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
12451 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
12452 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
12453 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
12454 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
12455 precisely because it confuses tools). */
12457 static struct symtab_and_line
12458 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
12460 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
12461 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
12466 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
12468 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
12470 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= marker
.str_id
)
12471 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
12472 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str (),
12473 marker
.str_id
.c_str ());
12475 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= std::move (marker
.str_id
);
12480 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
12482 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
12484 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
12485 && !tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.empty ())
12487 std::vector
<static_tracepoint_marker
> markers
12488 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid
12489 (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
12491 if (!markers
.empty ())
12493 struct symbol
*sym
;
12494 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*tpmarker
;
12495 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
12497 tpmarker
= &markers
[0];
12499 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= std::move (tpmarker
->str_id
);
12501 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
12502 "found at previous line number"),
12503 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
12505 symtab_and_line sal2
= find_pc_line (tpmarker
->address
, 0);
12506 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker
->address
, NULL
);
12507 uiout
->text ("Now in ");
12510 uiout
->field_string ("func", sym
->print_name (),
12511 function_name_style
.style ());
12512 uiout
->text (" at ");
12514 uiout
->field_string ("file",
12515 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
),
12516 file_name_style
.style ());
12519 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
12521 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal2
.symtab
);
12523 uiout
->field_string ("fullname", fullname
);
12526 uiout
->field_signed ("line", sal2
.line
);
12527 uiout
->text ("\n");
12529 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal2
.line
;
12530 b
->loc
->symtab
= sym
!= NULL
? sal2
.symtab
: NULL
;
12532 std::unique_ptr
<explicit_location_spec
> els
12533 (new explicit_location_spec ());
12534 els
->source_filename
12535 = xstrdup (symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
12536 els
->line_offset
.offset
= b
->loc
->line_number
;
12537 els
->line_offset
.sign
= LINE_OFFSET_NONE
;
12539 b
->locspec
= std::move (els
);
12541 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
12548 /* Returns true iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
12549 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
12552 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
12556 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
12559 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
12562 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
12565 if (a
->disabled_by_cond
!= b
->disabled_by_cond
)
12572 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
12578 /* Split all locations of B that are bound to PSPACE out of B's
12579 location list to a separate list and return that list's head. If
12580 PSPACE is NULL, hoist out all locations of B. */
12582 static struct bp_location
*
12583 hoist_existing_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct program_space
*pspace
)
12585 struct bp_location head
;
12586 struct bp_location
*i
= b
->loc
;
12587 struct bp_location
**i_link
= &b
->loc
;
12588 struct bp_location
*hoisted
= &head
;
12590 if (pspace
== NULL
)
12601 if (i
->pspace
== pspace
)
12616 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software
12617 breakpoint) based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not
12618 zero, then B is a ranged breakpoint. Only recreates locations for
12619 FILTER_PSPACE. Locations of other program spaces are left
12623 update_breakpoint_locations (code_breakpoint
*b
,
12624 struct program_space
*filter_pspace
,
12625 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
12626 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals_end
)
12628 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
;
12630 if (!sals_end
.empty () && (sals
.size () != 1 || sals_end
.size () != 1))
12632 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
12634 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
12635 gdb_printf (gdb_stderr
,
12636 _("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
12637 "multiple locations found\n"),
12642 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
12643 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
12644 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
12645 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
12646 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
12647 individual locations. */
12648 if (all_locations_are_pending (b
, filter_pspace
) && sals
.empty ())
12651 existing_locations
= hoist_existing_locations (b
, filter_pspace
);
12653 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
12655 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
12657 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
.pspace
);
12659 new_loc
= b
->add_location (sal
);
12661 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
12663 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
12667 s
= b
->cond_string
.get ();
12670 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, sal
.pc
,
12671 block_for_pc (sal
.pc
),
12674 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
12676 new_loc
->disabled_by_cond
= true;
12680 if (!sals_end
.empty ())
12682 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
[0]);
12684 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
12688 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
12691 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
12692 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
12693 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
12694 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
12695 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
12696 often enough until a better solution is found. */
12697 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
12699 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
12701 if ((!e
->enabled
|| e
->disabled_by_cond
) && e
->function_name
)
12703 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
12705 for (bp_location
*l
: b
->locations ())
12707 /* Ignore software vs hardware location type at
12708 this point, because with "set breakpoint
12709 auto-hw", after a re-set, locations that were
12710 hardware can end up as software, or vice versa.
12711 As mentioned above, this is an heuristic and in
12712 practice should give the correct answer often
12714 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
, true))
12716 l
->enabled
= e
->enabled
;
12717 l
->disabled_by_cond
= e
->disabled_by_cond
;
12724 for (bp_location
*l
: b
->locations ())
12725 if (l
->function_name
12726 && strcmp (e
->function_name
.get (),
12727 l
->function_name
.get ()) == 0)
12729 l
->enabled
= e
->enabled
;
12730 l
->disabled_by_cond
= e
->disabled_by_cond
;
12738 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
12739 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
12742 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given LOCSPEC.
12743 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
12745 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12746 code_breakpoint::location_spec_to_sals (location_spec
*locspec
,
12747 struct program_space
*search_pspace
,
12750 struct gdb_exception exception
;
12752 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
12756 sals
= decode_location_spec (locspec
, search_pspace
);
12758 catch (gdb_exception_error
&e
)
12760 int not_found_and_ok
= false;
12762 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
12763 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
12764 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
12765 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
12766 state, then user already saw the message about that
12767 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
12769 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
12770 && (condition_not_parsed
12772 && search_pspace
!= NULL
12773 && loc
->pspace
!= search_pspace
)
12774 || (loc
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
12775 || (loc
&& loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
12776 || enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
12777 not_found_and_ok
= true;
12779 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
12781 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
12782 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
12783 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
12784 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
12785 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
12786 which approach is better. */
12787 enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
12791 exception
= std::move (e
);
12794 if (exception
.reason
== 0 || exception
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
12796 for (auto &sal
: sals
)
12797 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
12798 if (condition_not_parsed
&& extra_string
!= NULL
)
12800 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> local_cond
, local_extra
;
12801 int local_thread
, local_task
;
12803 find_condition_and_thread_for_sals (sals
, extra_string
.get (),
12804 &local_cond
, &local_thread
,
12805 &local_task
, &local_extra
);
12806 gdb_assert (cond_string
== nullptr);
12807 if (local_cond
!= nullptr)
12808 cond_string
= std::move (local_cond
);
12809 thread
= local_thread
;
12811 if (local_extra
!= nullptr)
12812 extra_string
= std::move (local_extra
);
12813 condition_not_parsed
= 0;
12816 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
12817 sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (this, sals
[0]);
12827 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
12828 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
12832 code_breakpoint::re_set_default ()
12834 struct program_space
*filter_pspace
= current_program_space
;
12835 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> expanded
, expanded_end
;
12838 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= location_spec_to_sals (locspec
.get (),
12842 expanded
= std::move (sals
);
12844 if (locspec_range_end
!= nullptr)
12846 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals_end
12847 = location_spec_to_sals (locspec_range_end
.get (),
12848 filter_pspace
, &found
);
12850 expanded_end
= std::move (sals_end
);
12853 update_breakpoint_locations (this, filter_pspace
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
12856 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
12857 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
12860 create_sals_from_location_spec_default (location_spec
*locspec
,
12861 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
12863 parse_breakpoint_sals (locspec
, canonical
);
12866 /* Reset a breakpoint. */
12869 breakpoint_re_set_one (breakpoint
*b
)
12871 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
12872 set_language (b
->language
);
12877 /* Re-set breakpoint locations for the current program space.
12878 Locations bound to other program spaces are left untouched. */
12881 breakpoint_re_set (void)
12884 scoped_restore_current_language save_language
;
12885 scoped_restore save_input_radix
= make_scoped_restore (&input_radix
);
12886 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
12888 /* breakpoint_re_set_one sets the current_language to the language
12889 of the breakpoint it is resetting (see prepare_re_set_context)
12890 before re-evaluating the breakpoint's location. This change can
12891 unfortunately get undone by accident if the language_mode is set
12892 to auto, and we either switch frames, or more likely in this context,
12893 we select the current frame.
12895 We prevent this by temporarily turning the language_mode to
12896 language_mode_manual. We restore it once all breakpoints
12897 have been reset. */
12898 scoped_restore save_language_mode
= make_scoped_restore (&language_mode
);
12899 language_mode
= language_mode_manual
;
12901 /* Note: we must not try to insert locations until after all
12902 breakpoints have been re-set. Otherwise, e.g., when re-setting
12903 breakpoint 1, we'd insert the locations of breakpoint 2, which
12904 hadn't been re-set yet, and thus may have stale locations. */
12906 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
12910 breakpoint_re_set_one (b
);
12912 catch (const gdb_exception
&ex
)
12914 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, ex
,
12915 "Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
12920 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
12923 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
12924 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
12925 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
12926 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
12928 /* Now we can insert. */
12929 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
12932 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
12934 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
12935 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
12937 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12939 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
12941 b
->thread
= inferior_thread ()->global_num
;
12943 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
12944 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
12945 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
12947 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
12951 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
12952 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
12953 which ends with a period (no newline). */
12956 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
12961 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
12962 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
12964 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
12966 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
12967 gdb_printf (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
12972 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
12976 gdb_printf (_("Will stop next time "
12977 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
12979 else if (count
== 1)
12980 gdb_printf (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
12983 gdb_printf (_("Will ignore next %d "
12984 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
12987 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
12991 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
12994 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
12997 ignore_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
12999 const char *p
= args
;
13003 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
13005 num
= get_number (&p
);
13007 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
13009 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
13011 set_ignore_count (num
,
13012 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
13019 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints with numbers in the range
13020 defined by BP_NUM_RANGE (an inclusive range). */
13023 map_breakpoint_number_range (std::pair
<int, int> bp_num_range
,
13024 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)> function
)
13026 if (bp_num_range
.first
== 0)
13028 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%d'"),
13029 bp_num_range
.first
);
13033 for (int i
= bp_num_range
.first
; i
<= bp_num_range
.second
; i
++)
13035 bool match
= false;
13037 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
13038 if (b
->number
== i
)
13045 gdb_printf (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), i
);
13050 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints whose numbers are given in
13054 map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *args
,
13055 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)> function
)
13057 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
13058 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
13060 number_or_range_parser
parser (args
);
13062 while (!parser
.finished ())
13064 int num
= parser
.get_number ();
13065 map_breakpoint_number_range (std::make_pair (num
, num
), function
);
13069 /* Return the breakpoint location structure corresponding to the
13070 BP_NUM and LOC_NUM values. */
13072 static struct bp_location
*
13073 find_location_by_number (int bp_num
, int loc_num
)
13075 breakpoint
*b
= get_breakpoint (bp_num
);
13077 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
13078 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%d'"), bp_num
);
13081 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%d'"), loc_num
);
13084 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
13085 if (++n
== loc_num
)
13088 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%d'"), loc_num
);
13091 /* Modes of operation for extract_bp_num. */
13092 enum class extract_bp_kind
13094 /* Extracting a breakpoint number. */
13097 /* Extracting a location number. */
13101 /* Extract a breakpoint or location number (as determined by KIND)
13102 from the string starting at START. TRAILER is a character which
13103 can be found after the number. If you don't want a trailer, use
13104 '\0'. If END_OUT is not NULL, it is set to point after the parsed
13105 string. This always returns a positive integer. */
13108 extract_bp_num (extract_bp_kind kind
, const char *start
,
13109 int trailer
, const char **end_out
= NULL
)
13111 const char *end
= start
;
13112 int num
= get_number_trailer (&end
, trailer
);
13114 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
13115 ? _("Negative breakpoint number '%.*s'")
13116 : _("Negative breakpoint location number '%.*s'"),
13117 int (end
- start
), start
);
13119 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
13120 ? _("Bad breakpoint number '%.*s'")
13121 : _("Bad breakpoint location number '%.*s'"),
13122 int (end
- start
), start
);
13124 if (end_out
!= NULL
)
13129 /* Extract a breakpoint or location range (as determined by KIND) in
13130 the form NUM1-NUM2 stored at &ARG[arg_offset]. Returns a std::pair
13131 representing the (inclusive) range. The returned pair's elements
13132 are always positive integers. */
13134 static std::pair
<int, int>
13135 extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind kind
,
13136 const std::string
&arg
,
13137 std::string::size_type arg_offset
)
13139 std::pair
<int, int> range
;
13140 const char *bp_loc
= &arg
[arg_offset
];
13141 std::string::size_type dash
= arg
.find ('-', arg_offset
);
13142 if (dash
!= std::string::npos
)
13144 /* bp_loc is a range (x-z). */
13145 if (arg
.length () == dash
+ 1)
13146 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
13147 ? _("Bad breakpoint number at or near: '%s'")
13148 : _("Bad breakpoint location number at or near: '%s'"),
13152 const char *start_first
= bp_loc
;
13153 const char *start_second
= &arg
[dash
+ 1];
13154 range
.first
= extract_bp_num (kind
, start_first
, '-');
13155 range
.second
= extract_bp_num (kind
, start_second
, '\0', &end
);
13157 if (range
.first
> range
.second
)
13158 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
13159 ? _("Inverted breakpoint range at '%.*s'")
13160 : _("Inverted breakpoint location range at '%.*s'"),
13161 int (end
- start_first
), start_first
);
13165 /* bp_loc is a single value. */
13166 range
.first
= extract_bp_num (kind
, bp_loc
, '\0');
13167 range
.second
= range
.first
;
13172 /* Extract the breakpoint/location range specified by ARG. Returns
13173 the breakpoint range in BP_NUM_RANGE, and the location range in
13176 ARG may be in any of the following forms:
13178 x where 'x' is a breakpoint number.
13179 x-y where 'x' and 'y' specify a breakpoint numbers range.
13180 x.y where 'x' is a breakpoint number and 'y' a location number.
13181 x.y-z where 'x' is a breakpoint number and 'y' and 'z' specify a
13182 location number range.
13186 extract_bp_number_and_location (const std::string
&arg
,
13187 std::pair
<int, int> &bp_num_range
,
13188 std::pair
<int, int> &bp_loc_range
)
13190 std::string::size_type dot
= arg
.find ('.');
13192 if (dot
!= std::string::npos
)
13194 /* Handle 'x.y' and 'x.y-z' cases. */
13196 if (arg
.length () == dot
+ 1 || dot
== 0)
13197 error (_("Bad breakpoint number at or near: '%s'"), arg
.c_str ());
13200 = extract_bp_num (extract_bp_kind::bp
, arg
.c_str (), '.');
13201 bp_num_range
.second
= bp_num_range
.first
;
13203 bp_loc_range
= extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind::loc
,
13208 /* Handle x and x-y cases. */
13210 bp_num_range
= extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind::bp
, arg
, 0);
13211 bp_loc_range
.first
= 0;
13212 bp_loc_range
.second
= 0;
13216 /* Enable or disable a breakpoint location BP_NUM.LOC_NUM. ENABLE
13217 specifies whether to enable or disable. */
13220 enable_disable_bp_num_loc (int bp_num
, int loc_num
, bool enable
)
13222 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (bp_num
, loc_num
);
13225 if (loc
->disabled_by_cond
&& enable
)
13226 error (_("Breakpoint %d's condition is invalid at location %d, "
13227 "cannot enable."), bp_num
, loc_num
);
13229 if (loc
->enabled
!= enable
)
13231 loc
->enabled
= enable
;
13232 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
13234 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
13235 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
13236 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
13237 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
13239 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
13241 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (loc
->owner
);
13244 /* Calculates LOC_NUM for LOC by traversing the bp_location chain of LOC's
13245 owner. 1-based indexing. -1 signals NOT FOUND. */
13248 find_loc_num_by_location (const bp_location
*loc
)
13250 if (loc
!= nullptr && loc
->owner
!= nullptr)
13252 /* Locations use 1-based indexing. */
13254 for (bp_location
*it
: loc
->owner
->locations ())
13264 /* Enable or disable a breakpoint location LOC. ENABLE
13265 specifies whether to enable or disable. */
13268 enable_disable_bp_location (bp_location
*loc
, bool enable
)
13270 if (loc
== nullptr)
13271 error (_("Breakpoint location is invalid."));
13273 if (loc
->owner
== nullptr)
13274 error (_("Breakpoint location does not have an owner breakpoint."));
13276 if (loc
->disabled_by_cond
&& enable
)
13278 int loc_num
= find_loc_num_by_location (loc
);
13280 error (_("Breakpoint location LOC_NUM could not be found."));
13282 error (_("Breakpoint %d's condition is invalid at location %d, "
13283 "cannot enable."), loc
->owner
->number
, loc_num
);
13286 if (loc
->enabled
!= enable
)
13288 loc
->enabled
= enable
;
13289 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
13292 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
13293 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
13294 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
13295 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
13297 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
13298 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (loc
->owner
);
13301 /* Enable or disable a range of breakpoint locations. BP_NUM is the
13302 number of the breakpoint, and BP_LOC_RANGE specifies the
13303 (inclusive) range of location numbers of that breakpoint to
13304 enable/disable. ENABLE specifies whether to enable or disable the
13308 enable_disable_breakpoint_location_range (int bp_num
,
13309 std::pair
<int, int> &bp_loc_range
,
13312 for (int i
= bp_loc_range
.first
; i
<= bp_loc_range
.second
; i
++)
13313 enable_disable_bp_num_loc (bp_num
, i
, enable
);
13316 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
13317 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
13318 which ends with a period (no newline). */
13321 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13323 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
13324 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
13325 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
13326 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13329 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
13331 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
13332 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
13334 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
13335 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
13337 for (bp_location
*location
: bpt
->locations ())
13338 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
13341 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
13343 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (bpt
);
13346 /* Enable or disable the breakpoint(s) or breakpoint location(s)
13347 specified in ARGS. ARGS may be in any of the formats handled by
13348 extract_bp_number_and_location. ENABLE specifies whether to enable
13349 or disable the breakpoints/locations. */
13352 enable_disable_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
, bool enable
)
13356 for (breakpoint
*bpt
: all_breakpoints ())
13357 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
13360 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
13362 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
13367 std::string num
= extract_arg (&args
);
13369 while (!num
.empty ())
13371 std::pair
<int, int> bp_num_range
, bp_loc_range
;
13373 extract_bp_number_and_location (num
, bp_num_range
, bp_loc_range
);
13375 if (bp_loc_range
.first
== bp_loc_range
.second
13376 && (bp_loc_range
.first
== 0
13377 || (bp_loc_range
.first
== 1
13378 && bp_num_range
.first
== bp_num_range
.second
13379 && !has_multiple_locations (bp_num_range
.first
))))
13381 /* Handle breakpoint ids with formats 'x' or 'x-z'
13382 or 'y.1' where y has only one code location. */
13383 map_breakpoint_number_range (bp_num_range
,
13385 ? enable_breakpoint
13386 : disable_breakpoint
);
13390 /* Handle breakpoint ids with formats 'x.y' or
13392 enable_disable_breakpoint_location_range
13393 (bp_num_range
.first
, bp_loc_range
, enable
);
13395 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
13400 /* The disable command disables the specified breakpoints/locations
13401 (or all defined breakpoints) so they're no longer effective in
13402 stopping the inferior. ARGS may be in any of the forms defined in
13403 extract_bp_number_and_location. */
13406 disable_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
13408 enable_disable_command (args
, from_tty
, false);
13412 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
13415 int target_resources_ok
;
13417 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
13420 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
13421 target_resources_ok
=
13422 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
13424 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
13425 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
13426 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
13427 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
13430 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
13432 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
13433 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
13437 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
13439 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
13440 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
13441 update_watchpoint (w
, true /* reparse */);
13443 catch (const gdb_exception
&e
)
13445 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
13446 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
13452 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
13454 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
13455 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
13457 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
13458 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
13460 for (bp_location
*location
: bpt
->locations ())
13461 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
13464 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
13465 bpt
->enable_count
= count
;
13466 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
13468 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (bpt
);
13473 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13475 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
, 0);
13478 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints/locations (or
13479 all defined breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to
13480 be) effective in stopping the inferior. ARGS may be in any of the
13481 forms defined in extract_bp_number_and_location. */
13484 enable_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
13486 enable_disable_command (args
, from_tty
, true);
13490 enable_once_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
13492 map_breakpoint_numbers
13493 (args
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
13495 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
13496 (b
, [&] (breakpoint
*bpt
)
13498 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_disable
, 1);
13504 enable_count_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
13509 error_no_arg (_("hit count"));
13511 count
= get_number (&args
);
13513 map_breakpoint_numbers
13514 (args
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
13516 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
13517 (b
, [&] (breakpoint
*bpt
)
13519 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_disable
, count
);
13525 enable_delete_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
13527 map_breakpoint_numbers
13528 (args
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
13530 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
13531 (b
, [&] (breakpoint
*bpt
)
13533 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_del
, 1);
13538 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
13539 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
13543 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior
*inferior
,
13544 CORE_ADDR addr
, ssize_t len
,
13545 const bfd_byte
*data
)
13547 for (breakpoint
*bp
: all_breakpoints ())
13548 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
13549 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
13551 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
13553 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
!= nullptr)
13555 for (bp_location
*loc
: bp
->locations ())
13556 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
13557 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
13558 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
13561 wp
->val_valid
= false;
13567 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
13570 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13571 const address_space
*aspace
,
13574 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
13575 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
13576 CORE_ADDR pc
= next_pc
;
13578 if (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
== NULL
)
13580 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
13581 (new momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_single_step
,
13582 current_program_space
,
13586 tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
13587 = add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
13590 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
13592 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
13593 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
13596 = (gdb::checked_static_cast
<momentary_breakpoint
*>
13597 (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
));
13598 ss_bp
->add_location (sal
);
13600 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
13603 /* Insert single step breakpoints according to the current state. */
13606 insert_single_step_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
13608 struct regcache
*regcache
= get_current_regcache ();
13609 std::vector
<CORE_ADDR
> next_pcs
;
13611 next_pcs
= gdbarch_software_single_step (gdbarch
, regcache
);
13613 if (!next_pcs
.empty ())
13615 frame_info_ptr frame
= get_current_frame ();
13616 const address_space
*aspace
= get_frame_address_space (frame
);
13618 for (CORE_ADDR pc
: next_pcs
)
13619 insert_single_step_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, pc
);
13627 /* See breakpoint.h. */
13630 breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (struct breakpoint
*bp
,
13631 const address_space
*aspace
,
13634 for (bp_location
*loc
: bp
->locations ())
13636 && breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
13642 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
13646 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
13649 for (breakpoint
*bpt
: all_breakpoints ())
13651 if (bpt
->type
== bp_single_step
13652 && breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (bpt
, aspace
, pc
))
13658 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
13660 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
13662 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
13664 tracepoint_count
= num
;
13665 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
13669 trace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13671 location_spec_up locspec
= string_to_location_spec (&arg
,
13673 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
= breakpoint_ops_for_location_spec
13674 (locspec
.get (), true /* is_tracepoint */);
13676 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
13678 NULL
, 0, arg
, false, 1 /* parse arg */,
13680 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
13681 0 /* Ignore count */,
13682 pending_break_support
,
13686 0 /* internal */, 0);
13690 ftrace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13692 location_spec_up locspec
= string_to_location_spec (&arg
,
13694 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
13696 NULL
, 0, arg
, false, 1 /* parse arg */,
13698 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
13699 0 /* Ignore count */,
13700 pending_break_support
,
13701 &code_breakpoint_ops
,
13704 0 /* internal */, 0);
13707 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
13710 strace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13712 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
13713 location_spec_up locspec
;
13716 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
13717 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
13718 if (arg
&& startswith (arg
, "-m") && isspace (arg
[2]))
13720 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13721 locspec
= new_linespec_location_spec (&arg
,
13722 symbol_name_match_type::FULL
);
13723 type
= bp_static_marker_tracepoint
;
13727 ops
= &code_breakpoint_ops
;
13728 locspec
= string_to_location_spec (&arg
, current_language
);
13729 type
= bp_static_tracepoint
;
13732 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
13734 NULL
, 0, arg
, false, 1 /* parse arg */,
13736 type
/* type_wanted */,
13737 0 /* Ignore count */,
13738 pending_break_support
,
13742 0 /* internal */, 0);
13745 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
13746 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
13748 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
13749 static int next_cmd
;
13752 read_uploaded_action (void)
13754 char *rslt
= nullptr;
13756 if (next_cmd
< this_utp
->cmd_strings
.size ())
13758 rslt
= this_utp
->cmd_strings
[next_cmd
].get ();
13765 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
13766 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
13767 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
13768 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
13769 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
13771 struct tracepoint
*
13772 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
13774 const char *addr_str
;
13775 char small_buf
[100];
13776 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
13778 if (utp
->at_string
)
13779 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
.get ();
13782 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
13783 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
13784 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
13786 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
13787 "source location, using raw address"),
13789 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
13790 addr_str
= small_buf
;
13793 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
13794 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
13795 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
13796 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
13799 location_spec_up locspec
= string_to_location_spec (&addr_str
,
13801 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
13803 utp
->cond_string
.get (), -1, addr_str
,
13804 false /* force_condition */,
13805 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
13807 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
13808 0 /* Ignore count */,
13809 pending_break_support
,
13810 &code_breakpoint_ops
,
13812 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
13814 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
))
13817 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
13818 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
13819 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
13823 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "%d %d", utp
->pass
,
13826 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
13829 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
13830 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
13831 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
13833 if (!utp
->cmd_strings
.empty ())
13835 counted_command_line cmd_list
;
13840 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
);
13842 breakpoint_set_commands (tp
, std::move (cmd_list
));
13844 else if (!utp
->actions
.empty ()
13845 || !utp
->step_actions
.empty ())
13846 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
13847 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
13850 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
13851 tp
->hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
13852 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
13857 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
13861 info_tracepoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
13863 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13866 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, false, is_tracepoint
);
13868 if (num_printed
== 0)
13870 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
13871 uiout
->message ("No tracepoints.\n");
13873 uiout
->message ("No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
13876 default_collect_info ();
13879 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
13880 Not supported by all targets. */
13882 enable_trace_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
13884 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
13887 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
13888 Not supported by all targets. */
13890 disable_trace_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
13892 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
13895 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
13897 delete_trace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13903 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
13905 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
13906 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
13907 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
13909 for (breakpoint
*tp
: all_tracepoints ())
13910 if (is_tracepoint (tp
) && user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
13912 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
13916 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13918 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
13920 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
13921 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13922 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13926 map_breakpoint_numbers
13927 (arg
, [&] (breakpoint
*br
)
13929 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (br
, delete_breakpoint
);
13933 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
13936 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
13938 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
13939 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (tp
);
13941 gdb_printf (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
13942 tp
->number
, count
);
13945 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
13947 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
13948 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
13949 Also accepts special argument "all". */
13952 trace_pass_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
13954 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
13957 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
13958 error (_("passcount command requires an "
13959 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
13961 count
= strtoulst (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
13963 args
= skip_spaces (args
);
13964 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
13966 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
13968 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
13970 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_tracepoints ())
13972 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13973 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
13976 else if (*args
== '\0')
13978 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
);
13980 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
13984 number_or_range_parser
parser (args
);
13985 while (!parser
.finished ())
13987 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &parser
);
13989 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
13994 struct tracepoint
*
13995 get_tracepoint (int num
)
13997 for (breakpoint
*t
: all_tracepoints ())
13998 if (t
->number
== num
)
13999 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
14004 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
14005 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
14008 struct tracepoint
*
14009 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
14011 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_tracepoints ())
14013 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
14015 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
14022 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
14023 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
14024 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
14025 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
14027 struct tracepoint
*
14028 get_tracepoint_by_number (const char **arg
,
14029 number_or_range_parser
*parser
)
14032 const char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
14034 if (parser
!= NULL
)
14036 gdb_assert (!parser
->finished ());
14037 tpnum
= parser
->get_number ();
14039 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
14040 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
14042 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
14046 if (instring
&& *instring
)
14047 gdb_printf (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
14050 gdb_printf (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
14054 for (breakpoint
*t
: all_tracepoints ())
14055 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
14056 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
14058 gdb_printf ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
14063 breakpoint::print_recreate_thread (struct ui_file
*fp
) const
14066 gdb_printf (fp
, " thread %d", thread
);
14069 gdb_printf (fp
, " task %d", task
);
14071 gdb_printf (fp
, "\n");
14074 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
14075 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
14076 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
14080 save_breakpoints (const char *filename
, int from_tty
,
14081 bool (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
14084 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
14086 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
14087 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
14089 /* See if we have anything to save. */
14090 for (breakpoint
*tp
: all_breakpoints ())
14092 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
14093 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
14096 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
14097 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
14102 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
14104 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
14106 /* We can stop searching. */
14113 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
14117 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> expanded_filename (tilde_expand (filename
));
14121 if (!fp
.open (expanded_filename
.get (), "w"))
14122 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
14123 expanded_filename
.get (), safe_strerror (errno
));
14125 if (extra_trace_bits
)
14126 save_trace_state_variables (&fp
);
14128 for (breakpoint
*tp
: all_breakpoints ())
14130 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
14131 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
14134 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
14135 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
14138 tp
->print_recreate (&fp
);
14140 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
14141 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
14144 if (tp
->cond_string
)
14145 fp
.printf (" condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
.get ());
14147 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
14148 fp
.printf (" ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
14150 if (tp
->type
!= bp_dprintf
&& tp
->commands
)
14152 fp
.puts (" commands\n");
14154 ui_out_redirect_pop
redir (current_uiout
, &fp
);
14155 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
.get (), 2);
14157 fp
.puts (" end\n");
14160 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
14161 fp
.puts ("disable $bpnum\n");
14163 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
14164 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
14165 special, and not user visible. */
14166 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
14170 for (bp_location
*loc
: tp
->locations ())
14173 fp
.printf ("disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
14180 if (extra_trace_bits
&& !default_collect
.empty ())
14181 fp
.printf ("set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
.c_str ());
14184 gdb_printf (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), expanded_filename
.get ());
14187 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
14190 save_breakpoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14192 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
14195 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
14198 save_tracepoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14200 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
14204 /* This help string is used to consolidate all the help string for specifying
14205 locations used by several commands. */
14207 #define LOCATION_SPEC_HELP_STRING \
14208 "Linespecs are colon-separated lists of location parameters, such as\n\
14209 source filename, function name, label name, and line number.\n\
14210 Example: To specify the start of a label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
14211 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use\n\
14212 \"factorial.c:fact:the_top\".\n\
14214 Address locations begin with \"*\" and specify an exact address in the\n\
14215 program. Example: To specify the fourth byte past the start function\n\
14216 \"main\", use \"*main + 4\".\n\
14218 Explicit locations are similar to linespecs but use an option/argument\n\
14219 syntax to specify location parameters.\n\
14220 Example: To specify the start of the label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
14221 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use \"-source factorial.c\n\
14222 -function fact -label the_top\".\n\
14224 By default, a specified function is matched against the program's\n\
14225 functions in all scopes. For C++, this means in all namespaces and\n\
14226 classes. For Ada, this means in all packages. E.g., in C++,\n\
14227 \"func()\" matches \"A::func()\", \"A::B::func()\", etc. The\n\
14228 \"-qualified\" flag overrides this behavior, making GDB interpret the\n\
14229 specified name as a complete fully-qualified name instead."
14231 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
14232 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
14233 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
14236 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
14237 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM]\n\
14238 \t[-force-condition] [if CONDITION]\n\
14239 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
14240 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
14241 guessed probe type), `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe) or \n\
14242 `-probe-dtrace' (for a DTrace probe).\n\
14243 LOCATION may be a linespec, address, or explicit location as described\n\
14246 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
14247 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
14249 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
14250 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
14252 With the \"-force-condition\" flag, the condition is defined even when\n\
14253 it is invalid for all current locations.\n\
14254 \n" LOCATION_SPEC_HELP_STRING "\n\n\
14255 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
14256 conditions are different.\n\
14258 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
14260 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
14261 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
14263 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
14264 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
14267 add_catch_command (const char *name
, const char *docstring
,
14268 cmd_func_ftype
*func
,
14269 completer_ftype
*completer
,
14270 void *user_data_catch
,
14271 void *user_data_tcatch
)
14273 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
14275 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, docstring
,
14277 command
->func
= func
;
14278 command
->set_context (user_data_catch
);
14279 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
14281 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, docstring
,
14283 command
->func
= func
;
14284 command
->set_context (user_data_tcatch
);
14285 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
14288 /* False if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
14289 functions have been inlined, true otherwise. */
14292 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14294 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
14295 non-inline function. */
14296 return (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
);
14299 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
14300 have been inlined. */
14303 pc_at_non_inline_function (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
14304 const target_waitstatus
&ws
)
14306 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
14308 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
14311 for (bp_location
*bl
: b
->locations ())
14313 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
14314 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
, ws
))
14322 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
14325 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
14327 for (bp_location
*loc
: all_bp_locations ())
14328 if (loc
->symtab
!= NULL
&& loc
->symtab
->compunit ()->objfile () == objfile
)
14329 loc
->symtab
= NULL
;
14332 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
14334 static struct cmd_list_element
*enablebreaklist
= NULL
;
14336 /* See breakpoint.h. */
14338 cmd_list_element
*commands_cmd_element
= nullptr;
14340 void _initialize_breakpoint ();
14342 _initialize_breakpoint ()
14344 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
14346 gdb::observers::solib_unloaded
.attach (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
,
14348 gdb::observers::free_objfile
.attach (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile
,
14350 gdb::observers::memory_changed
.attach (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
,
14353 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
14354 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
14355 before a breakpoint is set. */
14356 breakpoint_count
= 0;
14358 tracepoint_count
= 0;
14360 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
14361 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
14362 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
14364 commands_cmd_element
= add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
,
14365 commands_command
, _("\
14366 Set commands to be executed when the given breakpoints are hit.\n\
14367 Give a space-separated breakpoint list as argument after \"commands\".\n\
14368 A list element can be a breakpoint number (e.g. `5') or a range of numbers\n\
14370 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
14371 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
14372 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
14373 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
14374 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
14376 const auto cc_opts
= make_condition_command_options_def_group (nullptr);
14377 static std::string condition_command_help
14378 = gdb::option::build_help (_("\
14379 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
14380 Usage is `condition [OPTION] N COND', where N is an integer and COND\n\
14381 is an expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached.\n\
14384 %OPTIONS%"), cc_opts
);
14386 c
= add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
,
14387 condition_command_help
.c_str ());
14388 set_cmd_completer_handle_brkchars (c
, condition_completer
);
14390 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
14391 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
14392 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
14393 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
14394 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
14396 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
14397 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
14399 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
14400 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
14401 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
14402 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
14404 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
14405 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
14407 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
14408 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
14409 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
14410 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
14412 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
14413 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
14415 cmd_list_element
*enable_cmd
14416 = add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
14417 Enable all or some breakpoints.\n\
14418 Usage: enable [BREAKPOINTNUM]...\n\
14419 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
14420 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
14421 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
14422 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
14423 &enablelist
, 1, &cmdlist
);
14425 add_com_alias ("en", enable_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 1);
14427 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
14428 Enable all or some breakpoints.\n\
14429 Usage: enable breakpoints [BREAKPOINTNUM]...\n\
14430 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
14431 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
14432 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\"."),
14433 &enablebreaklist
, 1, &enablelist
);
14435 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
14436 Enable some breakpoints for one hit.\n\
14437 Usage: enable breakpoints once BREAKPOINTNUM...\n\
14438 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
14441 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
14442 Enable some breakpoints and delete when hit.\n\
14443 Usage: enable breakpoints delete BREAKPOINTNUM...\n\
14444 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
14447 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
14448 Enable some breakpoints for COUNT hits.\n\
14449 Usage: enable breakpoints count COUNT BREAKPOINTNUM...\n\
14450 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
14451 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
14454 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
14455 Enable some breakpoints and delete when hit.\n\
14456 Usage: enable delete BREAKPOINTNUM...\n\
14457 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
14460 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
14461 Enable some breakpoints for one hit.\n\
14462 Usage: enable once BREAKPOINTNUM...\n\
14463 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
14466 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
14467 Enable some breakpoints for COUNT hits.\n\
14468 Usage: enable count COUNT BREAKPOINTNUM...\n\
14469 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
14470 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
14473 cmd_list_element
*disable_cmd
14474 = add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
14475 Disable all or some breakpoints.\n\
14476 Usage: disable [BREAKPOINTNUM]...\n\
14477 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
14478 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
14479 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
14480 &disablelist
, 1, &cmdlist
);
14481 add_com_alias ("dis", disable_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 1);
14482 add_com_alias ("disa", disable_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 1);
14484 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
14485 Disable all or some breakpoints.\n\
14486 Usage: disable breakpoints [BREAKPOINTNUM]...\n\
14487 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
14488 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
14489 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
14490 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
14493 cmd_list_element
*delete_cmd
14494 = add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
14495 Delete all or some breakpoints.\n\
14496 Usage: delete [BREAKPOINTNUM]...\n\
14497 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
14498 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
14500 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects."),
14501 &deletelist
, 1, &cmdlist
);
14502 add_com_alias ("d", delete_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 1);
14503 add_com_alias ("del", delete_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 1);
14505 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
14506 Delete all or some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
14507 Usage: delete breakpoints [BREAKPOINTNUM]...\n\
14508 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
14509 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
14510 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
14513 cmd_list_element
*clear_cmd
14514 = add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
14515 Clear breakpoint at specified location.\n\
14516 Argument may be a linespec, explicit, or address location as described below.\n\
14518 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
14519 is executing in.\n"
14520 "\n" LOCATION_SPEC_HELP_STRING
"\n\n\
14521 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
14522 add_com_alias ("cl", clear_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 1);
14524 cmd_list_element
*break_cmd
14525 = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
14526 Set breakpoint at specified location.\n"
14527 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
14528 set_cmd_completer (break_cmd
, location_completer
);
14530 add_com_alias ("b", break_cmd
, class_run
, 1);
14531 add_com_alias ("br", break_cmd
, class_run
, 1);
14532 add_com_alias ("bre", break_cmd
, class_run
, 1);
14533 add_com_alias ("brea", break_cmd
, class_run
, 1);
14535 cmd_list_element
*info_breakpoints_cmd
14536 = add_info ("breakpoints", info_breakpoints_command
, _("\
14537 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
14538 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
14539 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
14540 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
14541 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
14542 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
14543 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
14544 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
14546 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
14547 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
14548 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
14549 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
14550 breakpoint set."));
14552 add_info_alias ("b", info_breakpoints_cmd
, 1);
14554 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
14555 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
14556 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
14557 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
14558 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
14559 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
14560 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
14561 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
14562 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
14563 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
14564 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
14565 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
14566 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
14568 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
14569 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
14570 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
14571 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
14573 &maintenanceinfolist
);
14575 add_basic_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, _("\
14576 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
14578 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
14580 add_basic_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, _("\
14581 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
14583 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
14585 const auto opts
= make_watch_options_def_group (nullptr);
14587 static const std::string watch_help
= gdb::option::build_help (_("\
14588 Set a watchpoint for EXPRESSION.\n\
14589 Usage: watch [-location] EXPRESSION\n\
14594 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
14595 an expression changes."), opts
);
14596 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
,
14597 watch_help
.c_str ());
14598 set_cmd_completer_handle_brkchars (c
, watch_command_completer
);
14600 static const std::string rwatch_help
= gdb::option::build_help (_("\
14601 Set a read watchpoint for EXPRESSION.\n\
14602 Usage: rwatch [-location] EXPRESSION\n\
14607 A read watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
14608 an expression is read."), opts
);
14609 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
,
14610 rwatch_help
.c_str ());
14611 set_cmd_completer_handle_brkchars (c
, watch_command_completer
);
14613 static const std::string awatch_help
= gdb::option::build_help (_("\
14614 Set an access watchpoint for EXPRESSION.\n\
14615 Usage: awatch [-location] EXPRESSION\n\
14620 An access watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value\n\
14621 of an expression is either read or written."), opts
);
14622 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
,
14623 awatch_help
.c_str ());
14624 set_cmd_completer_handle_brkchars (c
, watch_command_completer
);
14626 add_info ("watchpoints", info_watchpoints_command
, _("\
14627 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
14629 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
14630 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
14631 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
14632 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
14633 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
14634 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
14635 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
14636 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
14637 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
14640 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
14641 &setlist
, &showlist
);
14643 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
14645 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
14647 cmd_list_element
*trace_cmd
14648 = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
14649 Set a tracepoint at specified location.\n\
14651 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
14652 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
14653 set_cmd_completer (trace_cmd
, location_completer
);
14655 add_com_alias ("tp", trace_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 0);
14656 add_com_alias ("tr", trace_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 1);
14657 add_com_alias ("tra", trace_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 1);
14658 add_com_alias ("trac", trace_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 1);
14660 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
14661 Set a fast tracepoint at specified location.\n\
14663 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
14664 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
14665 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
14667 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
14668 Set a static tracepoint at location or marker.\n\
14670 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
14671 LOCATION may be a linespec, explicit, or address location (described below) \n\
14672 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\n\
14673 If a marker id is specified, probe the marker with that name. With\n\
14674 no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected stack frame.\n\
14675 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
14676 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
14677 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
14678 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
14680 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
14681 \n" LOCATION_SPEC_HELP_STRING
"\n\n\
14682 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
14683 conditions are different.\n\
14685 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
14686 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
14687 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
14689 cmd_list_element
*info_tracepoints_cmd
14690 = add_info ("tracepoints", info_tracepoints_command
, _("\
14691 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
14692 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
14693 last tracepoint set."));
14695 add_info_alias ("tp", info_tracepoints_cmd
, 1);
14697 cmd_list_element
*delete_tracepoints_cmd
14698 = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
14699 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
14700 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
14701 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
14703 add_alias_cmd ("tr", delete_tracepoints_cmd
, class_trace
, 1, &deletelist
);
14705 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
14706 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
14707 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
14708 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
14710 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
14712 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
14713 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
14714 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
14715 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
14717 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
14719 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
14720 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
14721 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
14722 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
14723 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
14725 add_basic_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
,
14726 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
14728 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
14730 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
14731 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
14732 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
14733 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
14734 session to restore them."),
14736 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
14738 cmd_list_element
*save_tracepoints_cmd
14739 = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
14740 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
14741 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
14743 set_cmd_completer (save_tracepoints_cmd
, filename_completer
);
14745 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", save_tracepoints_cmd
, class_trace
, 0);
14746 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
14748 add_setshow_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
,
14750 Breakpoint specific settings.\n\
14751 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
14752 pending breakpoint behavior."),
14754 Breakpoint specific settings.\n\
14755 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
14756 pending breakpoint behavior."),
14757 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
,
14758 &setlist
, &showlist
);
14760 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
14761 &pending_break_support
, _("\
14762 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
14763 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
14764 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
14765 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
14766 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
14767 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
14769 show_pending_break_support
,
14770 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
14771 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
14773 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
14775 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
14776 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
14777 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
14778 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
14779 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
14780 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
14781 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
14783 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
14784 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
14785 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
14787 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
14788 &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
14789 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
14790 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
14791 When this mode is on, breakpoints are inserted immediately as soon as\n\
14792 they're created, kept inserted even when execution stops, and removed\n\
14793 only when the user deletes them. When this mode is off (the default),\n\
14794 breakpoints are inserted only when execution continues, and removed\n\
14795 when execution stops."),
14797 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
14798 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
14799 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
14801 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint
,
14802 condition_evaluation_enums
,
14803 &condition_evaluation_mode_1
, _("\
14804 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
14805 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
14806 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
14807 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
14808 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
14809 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
14810 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
14811 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
14812 be set to \"host\"."),
14813 &set_condition_evaluation_mode
,
14814 &show_condition_evaluation_mode
,
14815 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
14816 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
14818 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
14819 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
14820 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
14821 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
14822 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
14823 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
14824 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
14825 or the start of the range\n\
14826 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
14827 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
14828 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
14830 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
14831 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
14832 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
14834 c
= add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint
, dprintf_command
, _("\
14835 Set a dynamic printf at specified location.\n\
14836 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
14837 location may be a linespec, explicit, or address location.\n"
14838 "\n" LOCATION_SPEC_HELP_STRING
));
14839 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
14841 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support
,
14842 dprintf_style_enums
, &dprintf_style
, _("\
14843 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
14844 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
14845 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
14846 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
14847 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
14848 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
14849 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
14850 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
14851 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
14852 &setlist
, &showlist
);
14854 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support
,
14855 &dprintf_function
, _("\
14856 Set the function to use for dynamic printf."), _("\
14857 Show the function to use for dynamic printf."), NULL
,
14858 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
14859 &setlist
, &showlist
);
14861 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support
,
14862 &dprintf_channel
, _("\
14863 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf."), _("\
14864 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf."), NULL
,
14865 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
14866 &setlist
, &showlist
);
14868 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class
,
14869 &disconnected_dprintf
, _("\
14870 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
14871 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
14872 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
14873 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
14876 &setlist
, &showlist
);
14878 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars
, agent_printf_command
, _("\
14879 Target agent only formatted printing, like the C \"printf\" function.\n\
14880 Usage: agent-printf \"format string\", ARG1, ARG2, ARG3, ..., ARGN\n\
14881 This supports most C printf format specifications, like %s, %d, etc.\n\
14882 This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
14884 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= true;
14886 gdb::observers::about_to_proceed
.attach (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
,
14888 gdb::observers::thread_exit
.attach (remove_threaded_breakpoints
,